Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Brockman Mining Limited

Brockman Mining Limited

bck · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker bck
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry
Employees 1-10
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Brockman Mining Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Corporate Information ..................................................................................................................................................................2

Chairman’s Message .....................................................................................................................................................................3

Management Discussion and Analysis .........................................................................................................................................4

Directors and Management .......................................................................................................................................................15

Corporate Governance Report ..................................................................................................................................................17

Environmental, Social and Governance Report........................................................................................................................37

Directors’ Report ..........................................................................................................................................................................52

Independent Auditor’s Report ....................................................................................................................................................60

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income ...............................................................................................................66

Consolidated Balance Sheet ......................................................................................................................................................67

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity .........................................................................................................................68

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows .....................................................................................................................................69

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Information .....................................................................................................................70

Financial Summary .....................................................................................................................................................................105

ASX Additional Information .......................................................................................................................................................106

1

ANNUAL REPORT 2022CONTENTSBOARD OF DIRECTORS

AUDITOR

Non-executive Directors

Kwai Sze Hoi (Chairman)

Liu Zhengui (Vice Chairman)

Ross Stewart Norgard

Executive Directors

Kwai Kwun, Lawrence

Colin Paterson

Chan Kam Kwan, Jason

Independent non-executive Directors

Yap Fat Suan, Henry

Choi Yue Chun, Eugene

David Rolf Welch

COMPANY SECRETARY

Chan Kam Kwan, Jason

REGISTERED OFFICE (BERMUDA)

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton HM11

Bermuda

PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IN 
  AUSTRALIA

Level 2, 679 Murray Street

West Perth WA 6005

Australia

PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IN  
  HONG KONG

Unit 3903B, Far East Finance Centre

16 Harcourt Road

Admiralty

Hong Kong

Ernst and Young

Chartered Accountants

11 Mounts Bay Road

Perth WA 6000

Australia

PRINCIPAL SHARE REGISTRAR AND  
  TRANSFER OFFICE

MUFG Fund Services (Bermuda) Limited

4th Floor North

Cedar House

41 Cedar Avenue

Hamilton HM 12

Bermuda

BRANCH SHARE REGISTRARS AND 
  TRANSFER OFFICE IN HONG KONG

Tricor Secretaries Limited

17/F, Far East Finance Centre

16 Harcourt Road

Hong Kong

BRANCH SHARE REGISTRARS AND  
  TRANSFER OFFICE IN AUSTRALIA

Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd

Level 11, 172 St Georges Terrace

Perth WA 6000

PRINCIPAL BANKER

Hang Seng Bank Limited

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia) Limited
Bank of Communications

Westpac Banking Corporation

WEBSITE

www.brockmanmining.com

www.irasia.com/listco/hk/brockmanmining

STOCK CODE

159

Main Board of The Stock Exchange of

Hong Kong Limited

BCK

Australian Securities Exchange

CORPORATE INFORMATIONDear Shareholders,

At  last,  I  would  like  to  thank  our  Brockman  family  for 

their  continued  efforts  and  hard  work,  and  fellow 

In  the  past year, the Company has moved towards the 

shareholders  for  their  unwavering  trust  and  support 

ambitious  goal  of  achieving  iron  ore  production  at  the 

for  the  Company.  Such  work  ethic  and  support  have 

Marillana  Project,  which  was  an  exciting,  momentous 

proven to be pivotal for the Company’s success.

step.  As  Mineral  Resources  Limited  (“MinRes”)  and 

H a n c o c k   P r o s p e c t i n g   P t y   L t d   ( “ H a n c o c k ” )   h a v e 

established  a  joint  venture  during  the  year,  they  will 

jointly invest in the development and construction of the 

Stanley Point Berth-3 at South West Creek, Port Hedland 

and  the  rail  and  port  infrastructure.  The  logistics  and 

Kwai Sze Hoi

transportation  bottleneck  that  has  been  thwarting  and 

Chairman

hindering  the  development  of  the  Marillana  Project 

will  be  fundamentally  resolved,  thereby  unlocking  the 

21 September 2022

significant  value  contained  at  the  mine.  At  the  same 

time, the joint operation with MinRes on Ophthalmia will 

also benefit greatly from it.

Currently,  Brockman  and  MinRes,  through  their  joint 

venture management committee and project manager, 

are  constantly  expediting  all  necessary  works  at  the 

Marillana  Project  and  within  the  infrastructure  corridor 

to ensure that the project will be completed as planned 

and scheduled.

3

ANNUAL REPORT 2022CHAIRMAN’S MESSAGEOVERVIEW
During  the  year,  the  Group  continued  to  focus  on 

the  development  of  its  iron  ore  tenements  in  Western 

A u s t r a l i a   w h i c h   a r e   p r o g r e s s i n g   s t e a d i l y   t o w a r d s 

construction  and  production.  Loss  for  the  year  before 

income  tax  from  continuing  operations  was  HK$31.9 

million,  compared  to  the  previous  year  HK$28.3  million. 

The  increase  in  the  loss  before  tax  was  largely  due 

The  operating  loss  of  HK$40.3  million  (2021:  HK$22.8 

million)  was  higher  by  77%,  due  to  an  increase  in 

exploration and evaluation expenditure expensed which 

includes Group’s share of Joint Operation expenditure.

IRON ORE OPERATIONS – WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA
This  segment  of  the  business  comprises  the  50%  owned 

to  HK$14.0  million  in  the  Group’s  share  of  the  Joint 

Marillana Iron Ore Project (“Marillana”), the Ophthalmia 

Operation  expenditure  (2021:  HK$5.4  million  additional 

Iron  Ore  Project  (“Ophthalmia”)  and  other  regional 

finance  costs  arising  from  the  treatment  of  the  loans 

exploration projects.

advanced by Polaris to the Group in the previous years).

The  Group  recorded  a  loss  after  tax  from  continuing 

joint  venture  for  the  year  for  this  segment  attributable 

operations  of  approximately  HK$20.8  million  (2021: 

to the Group was HK$12.6 million (2021: HK$15.1 million). 

HK$14.2  million).  The  increase  in  the  loss  after  tax  was 

Total  expenditure  associated  with  mineral  exploration 

due  to  HK$14.0  million  in  the  Group’s  share  of  the 

for  the  year  ended  30  June  2022  amounted  to  HK$17.7 

The  loss  before  income  tax  and  share  of  losses  of  the 

Joint  Operation  expenditure  (2021:  HK$0.1  million)  and 

million (2021: HK$5.5 million).

partially  the  recognition  of  an  income  tax  credit  of 

HK$11.1  million  (2021:  HK$14.1  million).  This  income  tax 

Total  expenditure  associated  with  mineral  exploration 

credit was the result of the recognition of a deferred tax 

and  evaluation  for  each  of  the  projects  in  Western 

asset  in  respect  of  certain  of  the  Group’s  Australian  tax 

Australia for the financial years is summarised as follows:

losses.

Project
Marillana (1)
Ophthalmia (2)
Regional Exploration

Year ended 30 June

2022
HK$’000

14,073
2,037
1,567
17,677

2021
HK$’000

2,582
1,490
1,422
5,494

(1) 

Includes  HK$13.0  million  of  Joint  Operation  expenditure 

No  development  expenditure  has  been  recognised  in 

(2021: HK$0.1 million)

the financial statements during the year ended 30 June 

(2) 

Includes  HK$1.0  million  of  Joint  Operation  expenditure 

(2021: Nil)

2022 (2021: Nil).

Total  capital  expenditure  for  each  of  the  projects  in 

Western Australia for the financial years is summarised as 

follows:

2022
HK$’000

Year ended 30 June

2021
HK$’000

Project
Marillana
Ophthalmia

Additions to 

to mining  

Additions to 

Additions 

Additions 

to mining  

property, plant & 

exploration 

property, plant 

exploration  

equipment

properties

& equipment

properties

51
—
51

—
—
—

19
—
19

—
—
—

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSIONAND ANALYSISImpairment

were  no  indicators  of  impairment  present,  refer  to  note 

As  at  30  June  2022,  the  Group  assessed  whether  any 

17 of the consolidated financial statements.

indicators  of  impairment  exist  and  concluded  there 

Figure 1: Project location map – Brockman tenements

MARILLIANA PROJECT OVERVIEW
The  50%  owned  Marillana  is  Brockman’s  flagship  iron 

ore  project  located  within  mining  lease  M47/1414  in 

the Hamersley Iron Province within the Pilbara region of 
Western  Australia.  It  is  located  approximately  100  km 

north-west of the township of Newman (Figures 1 and 2).

The  project  area  covers  82  square  km  bordering  the 

Hamersley  Range,  where  extensive  areas  of  supergene 

iron  ore  mineralisation,  the  source  of  hematite  detrital 

mineralisation  at  Marillana,  have  developed  within 
the  dissected  Brockman  Iron  Formation  that  caps  the 

Range.

5

ANNUAL REPORT 2022Figure 2: Location of Marillana Project tenements

Marillana Development

Joint Operation

Formation and scope

On  22  April  2021  Brockman  Iron  and  Polaris  signed 

a n   A m e n d e d   a n d   R e s t a t e d   F J V   A g r e e m e n t   a n d 

Deed  of  Amendment  and  Restatement  (collectively 

On  26  July  2018  Brockman  Iron  Pty  Ltd  (“Brockman 

the  “Agreement”).  Both  Brockman  Iron  and  Polaris 

Iron”)  (a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company) 

concluded  that  the  Farm-in  Obligations  under  the 

and  Polaris  Metals  Pty  Ltd  (“Polaris”)  (a  wholly-owned 

Agreement  have  been  satisfied  and  the  parties  shall 

subsidiary  of  Mineral  Resources  Limited  (“MinRes”)) 

form  the  Joint  Operation.  As  such,  a  50%  interest  in 

entered into a Farm-in Joint Venture (“FJV”) Agreement 

the  Marillana  Project  (“the  Farm-in  interest”)  will  be 

(see  announcements  dated  27  July  2018  on  the  HKEX 

transferred  to  Polaris  and  the  Joint  Operation  will 

and  ASX  platforms)  pursuant  to  which  and  subject  to 

be  established  according  to  the  terms  of  the  FJV 

the  terms  and  conditions  therein,  Polaris  could  farm-in 

Agreement.

and earn a 50% interest in Marillana by satisfying certain 

Farm-in obligations.

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSIONAND ANALYSISInitial development works

On  1  February  2022,  the  Government  of  Western 

The  in iti al  development  wor ks  per  the  Indicative 

A u s t r a l i a   a n n o u n c e d   t h a t   i t   h a d   g r a n t e d   a   p o r t 

Development  Proposal  from  MinRes  (as  described  in 

capacity  allocation  to  the  MinRes-Hancock  Joint 

the  2021  Annual  Report)  are  progressing.  The  Joint 

Venture,  at  Stanley  Point  Berth  3  in  South  West  Creek. 

Operation has completed the Bauer drilling programme 

MinRes  has  advised  that  based  on  this  allocation, 

for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  bulk  samples  to  support 

Marillana  has  available  port  capacity  to  meet  the 

pilot  plant  testwork  and,  provide  samples  of  tailings 

Joint  Operation  production  requirements.  The  new  iron 

to  support  co-disposal  (dry-stacking)  testwork  and 

ore  export  facility  at  SP3  remains  subject  to  various 

approvals.  The  testwork  will  also  support  process 

approvals  and  agreements  to  develop  and  operate, 

review  and  flow  sheet  design.  A  new  mine  design  and 

along with a positive final investment decision by MinRes 

schedule,  based  on  the  preliminary  process  flowsheet 

and Hancock.

assumptions, has been completed.

Initial  work  commenced  on  the  hydrological  studies 

infrastructure  solution  to  transport  the  ore  from  the 

which includes a major drilling program for installation of 

Marillana  project  to  a  port  stockyard  at  Port  Hedland 

water  bores.  It  is  anticipated  that  the  drill  program  will 

and loading on to ships for export. The MinRes-Hancock 

commence in the Q1 FY23.

Joint  Venture  Agreement  will  facilitate  this  solution  for 

Under  the  FJV  Agreement,  MinRes  is  to  provide  the 

Flora  and  fauna  surveys  to  refresh  baseline  data 

Marillana.

were  carried  out,  as  well  as  continued  monitoring 

MinRes  continues  to  advance  studies  and  preparation 

o f   e c o l o g i c a l   c o m m u n i t i e s ,   w e e d s   a n d   r e g i o n a l 

( i n c l u d i n g   m i s c e l l a n e o u s   l i c e n c e   a p p l i c a t i o n s , 

hydrological baseline data.

environmental studies and permitting) for the haul road 

corridor from Marillana to the rail loading facility.

Infrastructure

O n   2 9   N o v e m b e r   2 0 2 1 ,   M i n R e s   e n t e r e d   i n t o   a n 

Management committee

agreement  with  Hancock  and  Roy  Hill  in  which  MinRes 

A  management  committee  comprising  a  total  of  six 

and Hancock will jointly investigate the development of 

representatives (three from each of the Joint Operators) 

new iron ore export facility at the Port of Port Hedland’s 

has been established.

Stanley  Point  3  (“SP3”)  in  South  West  Creek.  Roy  Hill  will 

provide  rail  haulage  and  port  services  to  both  MinRes 

The  role  of  the  management  committee  is  to  make 

and  Hancock  to  help  facilitate  development  and 

all  strategic  decisions  relating  to  the  conduct  of 

operation of their projects (which includes Marillana).

the  activities  undertaken  by  the  Joint  Operation 

including  the  consideration  and  approval  of  any  work 

The development of the Project will be subject to:

programmes  and  budgets  in  the  management  of  the 

(a)  A  grant  by  the  Pilbara  Ports  Authority  (“PPA”) 

of  a  capacity  allocation  for  the  Project,  and  all 

Development funding

Joint Operation.

necessary  approvals  and  agreements  to  develop 

The  Joint  Operators  will  respectively  fund  their  capital 

and operate berth 3 in South West Creek and the 

cost  commitments  for  the  development  of  Marillana 

other  associated  supporting  port  infrastructure; 

with  loans  from  MinRes.  The  initial  loan  to  the  Joint 

and

Operation  is  expected  to  amount  to  A$676  million  for 

the  development  of  Marillana.  Brockman  shall  repay 

(b)  MinRes  and  Hancock  each  electing  to  take  a 

its  share  of  the  debt  financing  from  profits  following 

positive  final  investment  decision  to  proceed 

commencement of operations at Marillana.

with  the  Project  following  the  completing  of  a 

satisfactory expedited feasibility study.

7

ANNUAL REPORT 2022The  Joint  Operators’  capital  commitments  will  fund 

the  ore  processing  facilities  and  certain  parts  of  non-

process  infrastructure.  Certain  parts  of  the  non-process 

infrastructure may not be funded by the Joint Operators 

but will be provided by MinRes under build own operate 

life of mine service agreements.

Manager

Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  FJV  Agreement,  Polaris 

has  agreed  to  act  as  the  first  manager  of  the  Joint 

Operation.

Loan Agreement

As  part  of  the  FJV  Agreement,  Polaris  has  provided  an 

interest-free,  secured  loan  (in  accordance  with  Deed 

of Cross Security signed by the Joint Operators) of A$10 

million (the “Loan”) to Brockman Iron for working capital 

purposes.  The  loan  will  be  repaid  from  the  net  revenue 

received  by  Brockman  Iron  from  the  sale  of  its  share  of 

Marillana  ore  sold  and  transported  under  the  Mine  to 

Ship Services Agreement.

MINERAL RESOURCES AND ORE 
RESERVES
B r o c k m a n   r e p o r t s   i t s   M i n e r a l   R e s o u r c e s   a n d   O r e 

Reserves  on  an  annual  basis,  in  accordance  with  the 

Australasian  Code  for  Reporting  of  Exploration  Results, 

Mineral  Resources  and  Ore  Reserves  2012  Edition  (the 

“JORC  Code  2012”),  unless  otherwise  noted.  Mineral 

Resources are quoted inclusive of Ore Reserves.

In  2018,  B rockman  updated  its   Marillan a  M iner al 

Resources  and  Ore  Reserves  to  the  JORC  2012  Code 

(refer  to  announcement  dated  25  May  2018).  Mineral 

Resources  and  Ore  Reserves  were  previously  reported 

under the JORC 2004 Code and released to the market 

on  9  February  2010  and  9  September  2010  respectively 

by  Brockman  Resources  Limited,  now  a  wholly  owned 

subsidiary of Brockman Mining Limited.

Marillana has a Mineral Resource estimate of 1.51 billion 

tonnes  (Bt)  of  Hematite  Detrital  Iron  (DID)  and  Channel 

Iron (CID) mineralisation, comprising 169.5 million tonnes 

(Mt)  of  Measured  Mineral  Resources  (DID),  1,046  Mt  of 

Indicated  Mineral  Resources  (DID  and  CID)  and  291  Mt 

of Inferred Mineral Resources (DID and CID) (see Tables 

1 and 2).

Table 1: Detrital (beneficiation feed) Mineral Resource Summary (cut-off grade: 38% Fe)

Mineralisation type

Resource classification

Tonnes (Mt)

Grade (% Fe)

Measured

Indicated

Inferred

GRAND TOTAL

Total tonnes may not add up, due to rounding

169.5

961.9

273

1,404.4

41.6

42.3

42.0

42.2

Table 2: CID Mineral Resource Summary (cut-off grade: 52% Fe)

Resource classification

Indicated

Inferred

TOTAL

Tonnes

(Mt)

84.2

17.7

101.9

Fe

(%)

55.8

54.4

55.6

AI2O3

(%)

3.58

4.34

3.71

SiO2

(%)

5.0

6.6

5.3

P

(%)

0.097

0.080

0.094

LOI

(%)

9.76

9.30

9.68

The  JORC  2012  Ore  Reserve  estimate  is  based  on 

The base case optimisation was determined with cut-off 

the  revised  JORC  2012  Mineral  Resource  model,  and 

grades  of  38%  Fe  for  DID  and  52%  Fe  for  CID  within  the 

incorporates  a  number  of  factors  and  assumptions  as 

final pit and tenement boundary limits.

outlined in the announcement of 25 May 2018.

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSIONAND ANALYSISMetallurgical  testwork  results  were  used  to  estimate 

The  Marillana  project  has  total  estimated  Probable  Ore 

the  recoverable  fraction  from  the  DID  ore  component. 

Reserves  of  967  Mt  of  DID  plus  46  Mt  of  direct  shipping 

Recoveries  of  final  product  and  grades  (of  iron,  silica, 

CID  (Table  3).  The  total  saleable  product  from  the 

alumina  and  LOI)  were  estimated  in  the  block  model. 

Based  upon  dense  media  separation  (“DMS”)  testwork, 

it  is  expected  that  the  final  product  has  an  average 

processed detrital iron ore feed (DID) is estimated at 404 
Mt averaging 59.8% Fe, 6.1% SiO2, and 3.1% AI2O3 (Table 
4). Life of mine strip ratio is 1.0:1 (tonnes of Waste versus 

grade of at least 60% Fe and 37.3% in mass recovery.

tonnes of Ore).

Table 3: Marillana Project – Ore Reserves *

Reserve classification

Probable

Probable

TOTAL

* 

# 

## 

Reserves are included within Resources

cut-off grade 38% Fe

cut-off grade 52% Fe

Ore type

Tonnes (Mt)

DID#

CID##

967

46

1,013

Table 4: Marillana Project – Ore Reserves final product

Reserves Class

Probable

Probable

Probable

Ore Sale  

Tonnes 

Type

CID Product

DID Product

Total Ore

(Mt)

46

358

404

Fe 

(%)

55.5

60.3

59.8

SiO2 

(%)

5.3

6.2

6.1

Al2O3 

(%)

3.7

3.0

3.1

LOI 

(%)

9.7

2.5

3.3

The  Marillana  Ore  Reserves  are  based  solely  on  the 

Marillana  represents  one  of  the  largest  published 

M e a s u r e d   a n d   I n d i c a t e d   M i n e r a l   R e s o u r c e s .   T h e 

hematite  Ore  Reserve  positions  in  the  Pilbara,  outside 

Mineral  Resources  also  include  some  273Mt  of  Inferred 

the  three  major  producers  (BHP,  Rio  and  FMG).  The 

Mineral  Resources  (DID),  comprising  201  Mt  based  on 

Detrital  Ore  is  upgraded  to  a  high-quality,  sinter  feed 

wide  -spaced  drilling  to  the  north  of  the  Indicated 

product via simple beneficiation, which is supported by 

Mineral  Resource  boundary  and  72  Mt  of  previously 

low-cost  mining,  low  waste  ratios  and  large  continuous 

Indicated  Mineral  Resources  that  was  downgraded  to 

ore zones.

Inferred classification during the Projection Pursuit Multi-

variate  Transform  (“PPMT”)  process.  Based  on  historical 

The  Mineral  Resource  and  Reserve  estimation  (see 

conversion of Inferred to Indicated Mineral Resources, it 

Tables  1  to  4)  was  prepared  by  Golder  Associates  Pty 

is  anticipated  that  additional  drilling  may  enable  some 

Ltd  and  has  been  classified  in  accordance  with  the 

of  the  Inferred  material  to  be  upgraded  to  Indicated 

Australasian  Code  for  Reporting  of  Exploration  results, 

classification.

Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (JORC Code, 2012 

Edition).

9

ANNUAL REPORT 2022OPHTHALMIA PROJECT OVERVIEW
The  50%  owned  Ophthalmia  iron  ore  project,  located 

north  of  Newman  in  the  East  Pilbara  region  of  Western 

Australia  (see  figures  1  and  3),  is  the  most  significant 

iron  ore  project  for  the  Company  outside  of  its  flagship 

Marillana  project.  Since  the  discovery  of  significant 

occurrences  of  bedded  hematite  mineralisation  by 

field  reconnaissance  mapping  and  surface  sampling 

in  August  2011,  major  exploration  drilling  programmes 

have  been  completed  and  JORC  compliant  Mineral 

Resources  have  been  estimated  and  reported  for  the 

Sirius,  Coondiner,  and  Kalgan  Creek  deposits.  The  total 

Mineral Resource at Ophthalmia is 341 Mt grading 59.3% 

Fe (Table 5).

Figure 3: Location of Ophthalmia Prospects and Resources

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSIONAND ANALYSISDevelopment

programme of works whilst MinRes finalises arrangements 

As  part  of  the  Agreement  with  MinRes  (refer  to  the 

for  the  new  iron  ore  export  facility  at  SP3  and  to  allow 

M a r i l l a n a   s e c t i o n   a b o v e ) ,   B r o c k m a n   a n d   P o l a r i s 

the  parties  to  prioritise  development  of  Marillana. 

have  agreed  to  include  Ophthalmia  in  the  farm-

The  development  cost  for  Ophthalmia  is  estimated 

in  interest,  such  that  Polaris  will  earn  a  50%  interest  in 

to  be  A$114  million,  which  will  be  funded  by  the  Joint 

the  Ophthalmia  project  upon  completion  of  its  farm-

Operators through a loan from MinRes.

in  obligations.  On  8  December  2021,  the  Company 

received  notification  from  Polaris  that  the  farm-in 

Mineral Resources

obligations had been satisfied and that the Ophthalmia 

Ophthalmia  has  a  Mineral  Resource  estimate  of  340.9 

Joint Operation is now in operation.

million  tonnes  of  hematite  mineralisation,  comprising 

Since  December  2021,  Polaris  continued  a  programme 

tonnes classified as Inferred Resources (see Table 5).

of  works  including  mine  planning  studies,  transport 

corridor  studies,  environmental  surveys  and  approvals. 

The resource estimate was classified in accordance with 

Polaris  and  Brockman  have  agreed  to  reduce  the 

guidelines  provided  in  the  JORC  Code  2012.  Refer  to 

280 million tonnes of Indicated Resources and 61 million 

ASX Announcement dated 1 December 2014.

Table 5: Ophthalmia DSO Mineral Resource Summary

Deposit

Class

Kalgan Creek

Coondiner  

(Pallas and  

Castor)

Sirius

Ophthalmia 

Project

Indicated

Inferred

Sub Total

Indicated

Inferred

Sub Total

Indicated

Inferred

Sub Total

Indicated

Inferred

Total

Tonnes 

(Mt)

34.9

24.4

59.3

140.5

17.1

157.6

105.0

19.0

124.0

280.4

60.5

340.9

Fe

(%)

59.3

59.5

59.4

58.5

58.1

58.4

60.4

60.2

60.3

59.3

59.3

59.3

30 June 2022

CaFe*

(%)

62.7

63.2

62.9

62.0

61.5

62.0

63.7

63.4

63.6

62.7

62.8

62.7

SiO2

(%)

4.08

4.38

4.21

5.18

6.06

5.27

3.54

4.09

3.62

4.43

4.73

4.49

AI2O3

(%)

4.57

3.90

4.29

4.46

4.45

4.46

3.97

3.83

3.95

4.29

4.03

4.24

S

(%)

0.009

0.007

0.009

0.007

0.008

0.007

0.007

0.009

0.007

0.007

0.008

0.007

P

(%)

0.183

0.157

0.173

0.176

0.155

0.174

0.18

0.17

0.18

0.178

0.160

0.175

LOI

(%)

5.49

5.81

5.63

5.71

5.47

5.68

5.22

5.14

5.20

5.50

5.50

5.50

* 

CaFe represents calcined Fe and is calculated by Brockman using the formula caFe = Fe%/((100-LOI)/100). Total tonnes may not 

add due to rounding.

WEST PILBARA PROJECT
Overview

The  West  Pilbara  project  comprises  four  tenements 

centred around Duck Creek, located about 100 -130 km 

WNW of Paraburdoo in the West Pilbara region. (Refer to 

Figure 1).

At  Duck  Creek,  mineralisation  comprises  discrete 

mesas  of  channel  iron  deposits  (CID)  15-30  m  above 

the  surrounding  plains  with  stripping  ratios  expected 

to  be  very  low  for  the  targets  identified.  Seven  mesas 

containing  ore  grade  CID  mineralisation  have  been 

identified from surface sampling, but only six have been 

drilled due to access limitations.

Brockman  has  completed  an  Inferred  Mineral  Resource 

estimate of 21.6 Mt grading 55.9% Fe, for the channel iron 

deposit  (CID)  mineralisation  at  Duck  Creek  (E47/1725), 

as  detailed  in  Table  6  below.  The  Mineral  Resource 

estimate  has  been  classified  in  accordance  with  the 

guidelines  of  the  2012  Edition  of  the  Australasian  Code 

for  Reporting  of  Exploration  Results,  Mineral  Resources 

and  Ore  Reserves.  The  Mineral  Resource  estimate  is 

based  on  the  results  of  45  vertical  RC  holes  drilled  on 

sections varying from approximately 200 to 400 m apart 

along the long axis of each mesa, supported by surface 

sampling to confirm the lateral extent of mineralisation.

11

ANNUAL REPORT 2022Table 6: Duck Creek Mineral Resource estimate – (at a lower cut-off grade of 52% Fe)

Mesa Classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

Inferred

Inferred

Inferred

Inferred

Inferred

Inferred

All

Inferred

Tonnes 

(Mt)

4.5

7.9

2.6

1.5

3.0

2.2

21.6

Fe 

(%)

55.5

55.56

55.84

55.31

56.08

58.17

55.91

AI2O3 
(%)

2.86

2.97

4.41

3.58

4.16

3.22

3.35

SiO2 
(%)

4.75

4.19

6.02

7.42

6.54

4.92

5.15

S 

(%)

0.025

0.058

0.021

0.015

0.020

0.016

0.034

P 

(%)

0.033

0.037

0.065

0.076

0.068

0.106

0.053

LOI 

(%)

11.71

11.79

8.85

9.12

8.35

7.62

10.35

Total tonnes may not add due to rounding.

Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves

The  information  in  this  report  that  relates  to  the  Mineral 

R e s e r v e   a n d   M i n e r a l   R e s o u r c e   e s t i m a t e s   o f   t h e 

Marillana  project  was  declared  as  part  of  a  market 

announcement issued on 25 May 2018.

The  information  in  this  report  that  relates  to  the  Mineral 

Resource  of  Ophthalmia  project  was  declared  as  part 

of a market announcement issued on 1 December 2014.

The  information  in this report that relates to the Inferred 

Mineral  Resource  of  West  Pilbara  Project  was  declared 

as part of a market announcement issued on 31 August 

2020.

The  Company  confirms  that  it  is  not  aware  of  any 

new  information  or  data  that  materially  affects  the 

information  included  in  the  original  announcements 

r e f e r r e d   t o   a b o v e .   A l l   m a t e r i a l   a s s u m p t i o n s   a n d 

technical  parameters  underpinning  the  estimates  in 

the  relevant  market  announcement  continue  to  apply 

and  have  not  materially  changed.  The  Company 

confirms  that  the  form  and  context  in  which  the 

Competent  Person’s  findings  are  presented  have  not 

been  materially  modified  from  the  original  market 
announcements.

Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves Governance of 

Internal Controls

Brockman  ensures  that  the  Mineral  Resources  and  Ore 

Reserve  estimates  quoted  are  subject  to  governance 

arrangements  and  internal  controls  activated  at  a  site 

level  and  at  the  corporate  level.  Internal  and  external 

r e v i e w   o f   M a r i l l a n a   R e s o u r c e s   a n d   O r e   R e s e r v e s 

estimation  procedures  and  results  are  carried  out 

through  a  technical  review  team  which  is  comprised 
of  highly  competent  and  qualified  professionals.  These 

reviews have not identified any material issues.

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL RESOURCES
The  Group  generally  finances  its  short-term  funding 

requirements  with  equity  funding  and  borrowings. 

The  Group’s  ability  to  advance  its  iron  ore  project 
developments  is  reliant,  among  other  things,  on  access 

to appropriate and timely funding.

The current ratio as at 30 June 2022 is 1.83 (30 June 2021: 

13.69).  The  gearing  ratio  of  the  Group  (long-term  debt 

over equity and long-term debt) is measured at 0.08 (30 

June 2021: 0.08).

During  the  year,  the  Group  did  not  engage  in  the  use 

of  any  financial  instruments  for  hedging  purposes,  and 

there  was  no  hedging  instrument  outstanding  as  at  30 

June 2022.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE
At  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  the  Company  had 

9,280,232,000 (2021: 9,279,232,000) shares on issue.

PLEDGE OF ASSETS AND CONTINGENT 
LIABILITIES
As  at  30  June  2022  and  2021,  the  Group  has  a  Deed 
of  Cross  Security  for  the  loans  advanced  by  Polaris  to 

Brockman  Iron  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Marillana 

Farm-in Joint Venture Agreement, (refer to note 23).

As  at  30  June  2022,  the  Company  did  not  have  any 

material contingent liabilities or financial guarantees (30 

June 2021: Nil).

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSIONAND ANALYSISRISK DISCLOSURE
MARKET AND FINANCIAL RISKS

The  Group  is  exposed  to  various  types  of  market  and 

financial risks.

(a)  Commodities price risk

The  fair  value  of  the  Group’s  mining  exploration 

properties in Australia is exposed to fluctuations in 

expected future iron ore price.

We  have  not  used  any  commodity  derivative 

instruments  or  futures  for  speculation  or  hedging 

p u r p o s e s .   M a n a g e m e n t   w i l l   r e v i e w   m a r k e t 

conditions  from  time  to  time  and  determine  the 

best  strategy  to  deal  with  the  fluctuations  of  iron 

ore price as required.

(b) 

Liquidity and funding risk

The  Company  is  exposed  to  liquidity  risk  through 

its  financial  liabilities  and  its  obligations  to  make 

payment  on  its  financial  liabilities  as  and  when 

they  fall  due.  The  Company  maintains  a  balance 

in its approach to funding using debt and or equity 

raisings.

The  commencement  of  exploration  and  potential 

(e) 

Social and political risk

The  Group  is  exposed  to  other  risks  that  include, 

but  are  not  limited  to,  cyber-attack  and  natural 

disasters,  that  could  have  varying  degrees  of 

impact  on  the  Group.  Where  available  and 

appropriate  to  do  so,  the  Board  will  seek  to 

minimise  exposure  using  insurance,  while  actively 

monitoring the Group’s ongoing exposure.

(f) 

Interest rate risk

Fair  value  interest  rate  risk  that  the  value  of  a 

financial  instrument  will  fluctuate  because  of 

changes in market interest rates. Cash flow interest 

rate  risk  that  the  future  cash  flow  from  a  financial 

instrument  will  fluctuate  because  of  changes  in 

market  interest  rates.  The  Company’s  policy  is  to 

manage its exposure to interest rate risk by holding 

cash in short term, fixed and variable rate deposits 

w i t h   r e p u t a b l e   h i g h   c r e d i t   q u a l i t y   f i n a n c i a l 

institutions.  The  Company  analyses  its  interest  rate 

exposure  and  consideration  is  given  to  potential 

renewals of existing positions, alternative financing 

and or the mix of fixed or variable interest rates.

STAFF AND REMUNERATION
As  at  30  June  2022,  the  Group  employed  15  full  time 

development  of  the  iron  ore  projects  will  depend 

employees  (30  June  2021:  15),  of  which  5  were  in 

on  whether  the  Group  can  secure  the  necessary 

Australia  (includes  2  non-executive  directors)  (30  June 

funding.

2021: 5) and 10 in Hong Kong (includes 4 non-executive 

(c)  Risk that the project will not be materialised

This  risk  is  largely  driven  by  various  factors  such 

Remuneration Policy

directors) (30 June 2021: 10).

as  commodity  prices,  government  regulations, 

The  Group’s  compensation  strategy  is  to  promote  a 

regulation  related  to  prices,  taxes,  royalties,  land 

pay-for-performance  culture  to  reward  employee 

tenure,  viable  infrastructure  solutions,  capital 

performance  that  will  maximise  shareholder  value  in 

raising  ability  etc.  The  Board  will  therefore  closely 

the  long  term.  The  Group  from  time  to  time  reviews 

monitor the development of the project.

remuneration  packages  provided  to  its  employees 

(d) 

Exchange rate risk

to  ensure  that  the  total  compensation  is  internally 
equitable,  externally  competitive  and  supports  the 

The  Group  is  exposed  to  exchange  rate  risk 

Group’s strategy.

primarily  in  relation  to  our  mineral  tenements 

t h a t   a r e   d e n o m i n a t e d   i n   A u s t r a l i a n   d o l l a r s . 

The remuneration policy and packages, including share 

Depreciation in the Australian dollar may adversely 

options for the Group’s employees, senior management 

affect  our  net  asset  value  and  earnings  when  the 

and  directors  are  maintained  at  market  levels  and 

value  of  such  assets  is  converted  to  Hong  Kong 

are  reviewed  periodically  by  management  and  the 

dollars.  During  the  year,  no  financial  instrument 

remuneration and performance committee.

was used for hedging purposes.

At  30  June  2022  and  2021,  the  Group  was  not 
exposed to any significant exchange rate risk.

13

ANNUAL REPORT 2022ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL, 
GOVERNANCE AND COMPLIANCE 
WITH RELEVANT LAWS AND 
REGULATIONS
Environmental, Social and Governance

As  a  responsible  entity,  the  Group  has  endeavoured 

to  comply  with  local  laws  and  regulations  in  relation 

to  waste  disposal  and  environmental  protection.  At 

corporate  level,  the  Group  also  encourages  staff  to 

save  energy,  minimise  the  use  of  natural  resources  and 

paper products.

We operate effective and sustainable iron ore business, 

work  actively  through  all  areas  of  the  business  to 

minimise the actual and potential environmental impact 

of  the  Company’s  activities,  respect  the  rights  of  the 

traditional  owners  and  value  the  indigenous  cultural 

heritage  associated  with  its  operations.  Furthermore, 

with  no  mining  operations  carried  out  during  the  year, 

disturbance  to  the  environment  is  expected  to  be 

minimal.  We  will  continue  to  ensure  that  in  the  future, 

we are accountable for our environmental footprint.

The  Board  retains  the  overall  responsibility  for  the 

G r o u p ’ s   E n v i r o n m e n t a l ,   S o c i a l   a n d   G o v e r n a n c e 

management  and  is  committed  to  operating  in  a 

manner that contributes to the sustainable development 

through  efficient,  balanced,  long-term  management, 

while  showing  due  consideration  for  the  well-being 

of  people;  protection  of  the  environment  and  the 

need  to  work  closely  with  the  local  communities  and 

stakeholders.

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

During  the  year,  the  Group  has  complied  with  the 

relevant  standards,  laws  and  regulations  that  have  a 

significant  impact  on  our  businesses.  At  the  same  time, 

the Group always maintains a safe working environment 

for staff in accordance with relevant safety policies.

Relationship with Employees, Customers and Suppliers

T h e   G r o u p   b e l i e v e s   t h a t   e m p l o y e e s   a r e   t h e 

most  important  asset  for  the  Group’s  sustainable 

development.  We  offer  competitive  remuneration 

packages  and  a  high  quality  working  environment  for 

our  employees.  It  is  our  custom  to  respect  each  other 

and  ensure  that  fairness  is  applied  to  everyone.  From 

time  to  time,  we  provide  relevant  on-the-job  training 

to  enhance  employees’  professional  knowledge. 

The  Group  also  organises  different  leisure  events  and 

frequent  group  discussions  for  the  participation  of 

employees  to  enhance  the  working  relationship  of  the 

employees and communications with management. We 

also  strive  to  maintain  good  working  relationships  with 

our suppliers and customers.

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSIONAND ANALYSISAs  at  the  date  of  this  report,  the  Company  has  the 

Mr. Ross Stewart Norgard

following directors and senior management:

Mr.  Ross  Stewart  Norgard,  aged  76.  Mr.  Norgard  joined 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Mr. Kwai Sze Hoi

Mr. Kwai Sze Hoi, aged 72. Mr. Kwai joined in June 2012. 

He  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Group.  Mr.  Kwai  graduated 

from  Anhui  University  in  1975.  Mr.  Kwai  has  more  than 

40  years’  experience  in  international  shipping  and  port 

operation  businesses  and  is  a  successful  entrepreneur. 

In  1990,  he  founded  Ocean  Line  Holdings  Ltd  (“Ocean 

Line”). Ocean Line wholly owns, operates and manages 

a  fleet  of  total  deadweight  tonnage  of  more  than  4 

million  metric  tonnes,  with  routes  running  worldwide. 

Ocean  Line  also  has  investments  in  infrastructure  and 

operates  other  shipping  related  businesses  including 

p o r t s ,   t e r m i n a l s ,   w a r e h o u s e s ,   l o g i s t i c s ,   a n d   c r e w 

manning  etc.  The  diversified  operations  of  Ocean 

Line  put  it  in  a  highly  competitive  position  globally. 

In  addition,  Ocean  Line  has  investments  in  mining, 

real  estate,  financial  services,  securities,  trading  and 

hotel  businesses.  Mr.  Kwai  is  also  the  chairman  and  an 

executive  director  of  Ocean  Line  Port  Development 

Limited  (Stock  code:  8502),  which  is  listed  on  the  GEM 

of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Limited (the “SEHK”). 

Mr.  Kwai  is  the  father  of  Mr.  Kwai  Kwun,  Lawrence,  an 

Executive Director of the Company.

Mr. Liu Zhengui

as  a  Non-executive  Director  in  August  2012.  He  is  a 

chartered  accountant  and  former  managing  director 

of  KMG  Hungerfords  and  its  successor  firms  in  Perth, 

Western  Australia.  For  the  past  30  years  he  has  worked 

extensively  in  the  fields  of  raising  venture  capital  and 

the  financial  reorganisation  of  businesses.  He  has  held 

numerous  positions  on  industry  committees  including 

past  chairman  of  the  West  Australian  Professional 

Standards  Committee  of  the  Institute  of  Chartered 

A c c o u n t a n t s ,   a   f o r m e r   m e m b e r   o f   t h e   N a t i o n a l 

Disciplinary  Committee,  a  former  member  of  Lionel 

Bowens  National  Corporations  Law  Reform  Committee, 

a  former  chairman  of  the  Duke  of  Edinburgh  Award 

Scheme  and  a  former  member  of  the  University  of 

Western  Australia’s  Graduate  School  of  Management 

(MBA  programme).  Mr.  Norgard  is  also  a  director  of 

Nearmap  Limited  (formerly  known  as  Ipernica  Limited) 

(Chairman  since  1987)  and  was  a  director  of  Ammtec 

Limited  from  1994  to  November  2010.  Prior  to  his 

present  appointment  as  Non-executive  Director  of  the 

Company, he was the non-executive Deputy Chairman 

of  Brockman  Resources  Limited,  a  former  Australian 

Securities  Exchange  (“ASX”)  listed  entity  which  is  now  a 

wholly owned subsidiary of Brockman Mining Limited.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Mr. Kwai Kwun, Lawrence

Mr.  Liu  Zhengui,  aged  75.  Mr.  Liu  joined  in  April  2012, 

Mr.  Kwai  Kwun,  Lawrence,  aged  41,  joined  in  March 

and  became  the  Vice  Chairman  of  the  Group  in  June 

2014.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Executive  Committee.  He 

2012.  Mr.  Liu  Zhengui  has  over  40  years  of  experience 

has  extensive  experience  in  investment  in  international 

in  corporate  finance  and  capital  management.  He 

shipping,  port  operations  and  ship  building,  mining  and 

holds a bachelor’s degree in management engineering 

finance.  Mr.  Kwai  graduated  from  Harvard  University 

from  Hefei  University  of  Technology.  He  is  currently 

in  the  United  States  with  a  Bachelor  of  Mathematics 

degree.  Mr.  Kwai  is  the  son  of  Mr.  Kwai  Sze  Hoi,  the 

Chairman of the Company.

a  director  of  Shandong  School  of  Economics  and 
S o c i a l   D e v e l o p m e n t   (山東社會經濟發展研究院)  a n d 
is  the  chairman  of  Shandong  Dongyin  Investment 
Management  Co.,  Ltd  (山東東銀投資管理有限公司).  He  is 
also  a  financial  consultant  of  the  Shandong  provincial 

government.  During  the  period  2004  to  2009,  Mr.  Liu 

was  the  chairman  of  Bank  of  China  Group  Investment 

Limited  (BOCGI).  Prior  to  that,  he  served  as  the  chief 

executive of Bank of China’s branches in three different 

provinces for 16 years.

15

ANNUAL REPORT 2022DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENTMr. Chan Kam Kwan, Jason

Mr. Choi Yue Chun, Eugene

Mr. Chan Kam Kwan, Jason, aged 49, joined in January 

Mr.  Choi  Yue  Chun,  Eugene,  aged  50,  joined  in  June 

2008.  He  is  the  Company  Secretary  and  a  member  of 

2014.  He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Laws  degree  from  the 

the Executive Committee. Mr. Chan graduated from the 

University of Hong Kong, and was admitted as a solicitor 

University of British Columbia in Canada with a Bachelor 

of the High Court of Hong Kong 1997. Currently Mr. Choi 

of  Commerce  Degree  and  he  holds  a  certificate  as  a 

is  a  member  of  the  Law  Society  of  Hong  Kong.  He  has 

Certified  Public  Accountant  issued  by  the  Washington 

over 20 years of experience in the legal field, specialising 

State  Board  of  Accountancy  in  the  United  States  of 

in  corporate  finance  and  compliance  matters  for  listed 

America.  He  has  extensive  experience  in  corporate 

companies in Hong Kong. Mr. Choi is currently the senior 

finance. Mr. Chan is also an independent non-executive 

legal counsel of Rusal Global Management B.V.

director  of  Canvest  Environmental  Protection  Group 

Company  Limited  (Stock  Code  1381)  which  is  listed  on 

Mr. David Rolf Welch

the Main Board of the SEHK.

Mr. Colin Paterson

Mr. David Rolf Welch, aged 56, joined in 2019. He holds 

a  Bachelor  of  Commerce  degree  from  the  University  of 

Western  Australia.  Mr.  Welch  has  held  senior  executive 

Chief Executive Officer of Australian Operations

positions  within  ASX  listed  Aurizon  Holdings  Limited  from 

M r .   C o l i n   P a t e r s o n ,   a g e d   6 1 ,   h a s   o v e r   3 0   y e a r s ’ 

2007 to 2017. These positions included Vice President Iron 

experience  in  the  resources  sector  covering  a  diverse 

Ore, Vice President Market Development and Executive 

range  of  geological  environments  throughout  Australia, 

Vice  President  Strategy  and  Business  Development.  He 

but  principally  in  the  Pilbara  iron  ore  region  as  well 

has  experience  in  strategy,  business  transformation  and 

as  gold  and  nickel  exploration  in  the  Archaean  of 

performance,  mergers  and  acquisitions  and  business 

Western  Australia.  He  has  extensive  experience  in 

development.  Mr.  Welch  was  previously  the  managing 

the  technical  supervision  of  exploration  projects; 

director  of  The  Millennium  Group  from  1998  to  2006 

resource  development,  project  generation  and  project 

and  was  a  marketing  manager  of  CSBP  Limited  (part 

evaluations.  He  was  principal  geologist  with  Asarco 

of  the  Wesfarmers  conglomerate)  from  1989  to  1994  in 

Australia  Ltd  and  held  a  similar  position  with  Mining 

the  development  of  mining  reagent  and  agriculture 

Project  Investors  Pty  Ltd  (subsequently  MPI  Mines 

products.  Mr.  Welch  is  also  a  non-executive  director  of 

Limited).  Following  which  he  was  the  founding  director 

VRX  Silica  Limited  (Stock  code:  VRX)  which  is  listed  on 

of Brockman Mining Australia Pty Ltd.

the ASX.

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTORS
Mr. Yap Fat Suan, Henry

SENIOR MANAGEMENT HONG KONG
Mr. Hendrianto Tee

Business Development Director

Mr.  Yap  Fat  Suan,  Henry,  aged  76,  joined  in  January 

Mr.  Hendrianto  Tee,  aged  55,  joined  in  January  2009 

2 0 1 4 .   H e   h o l d s   a   m a s t e r ’ s   d e g r e e   i n   B u s i n e s s 

as  the  Chief  Investment  Officer  after  spending  a  large 

Administration  from  the  University  of  Strathclyde, 

part of his career focusing on debt capital markets with 

Glasgow, in the United Kingdom. He is a fellow member 

several  global  financial  institutions,  among  others  Fleet 

of  the  Institute  of  Chartered  Accountants  in  England 
and  Wales  and  an  associate  member  of  the  Hong 

Boston  (now  Bank  of  America  Merrill  Lynch)  and  UBS 
AG. In October 2014, Mr. Tee re-joined Brockman Mining 

Kong  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants.  He  has 

Limited as the Business Development Director overseeing 

extensive  experience  in  finance  and  accounting.  Mr. 

project funding and development. Prior to re-joining, Mr. 

Yap  retired  as  managing  director  of  Johnson  Matthey 

Tee  spent  3  years  in  investment  and  advisory  activities 

Hong  Kong  Limited  in  June  2017  and  prior  to  that  he 

covering the resources sector in Australia, Canada and 

was  the  general  manager  of  Sun  Hung  Kai  China 

Indonesia. Mr. Tee graduated from Walsh University, USA, 

Development  Limited.  He  is  also  an  independent  non-

with a Bachelor of Arts Degree (Magna Cum Laude).

executive  director  of  Concord  New  Energy  Group 

Limited  (Stock  code:  182)  and  Frontier  Services  Group 

Limited  (Stock  code:  500),  which  are  listed  on  the  Main 

Board of the SEHK.

DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENTCOMPLIANCE OF THE CODE 
ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
PRACTICES
The  Company  is  listed  on  both  the  Australian  Securities 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
T h e   B o a r d   i s   r e s p o n s i b l e   t o   s h a r e h o l d e r s   f o r   t h e 

overall  strategic  direction  of  the  Group,  including 

establishing  goals  for  management  and  monitoring 

Exchange  (“ASX”)  and  the  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong 

the  achievement  of  those  goals  with  the  objective  of 

Kong  Limited  (“SEHK”).  The  Company’s  Corporate 

enhancing  the  Company  and  shareholders’  value.  The 

Governance  policies  have  been  formulated  to  ensure 

Board has delegated responsibility for the management 

that it is a responsible corporate citizen. Unless otherwise 

of  the  Company’s  business  and  affairs  to  the  Executive 

noted,  the  Company  has  compiled  with  all  aspects 

Committee.  The  responsibilities  reserved  for  the  Board 

of  the  Corporate  Governance  Code  (“Code”)  as  set 

of  Directors  are  set  out  in  the  Board  Charter,  a  copy  of 

out  in  Appendix  14  of  the  Rules  Governing  the  Listing 

which  is  available  on  the  website  of  the  Company.  The 

of  Securities  on  the  SEHK  (“the  HK  Listing  Rules”)  and 

Board  Charter  is  reviewed  periodically  to  ensure  it  is 

the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council’s  ‘Corporate 

consistent with the existing rules and regulations.

Governance  Principles  and  Recommendations  4th 

Edition  (“the  CGPR  4th  Edition”),  (“the  ASX  Principles”) 

If a substantial shareholder or a director has a conflict of 

during  the  entire  year  ended  30  June  2022.  The  Board 

interest in a matter to be considered by the Board which 

will  review  the  current  practices  at  least  annually  and 

the Board has determined to be material, the matter will 

make appropriate changes if considered necessary.

be dealt with by the Board at the duly convened Board 

meeting and Independent Non Executive Directors who, 

The exceptions to this are as follows:

and whose close associates, have no material interest in 

the transaction should be present at the Board meeting. 

(i) 

Appendix 14 Code Provision C.2.1 of the HK Listing 

The  Bye-Laws  of  the  Company  also  stipulates  that  save 

Rules,  states  that  the  roles  of  Chairman  and  chief 

for  the  exceptions  as  provided  therein,  a  Director  shall 

executive  should  be  separate  and  should  not  be 

abstain from voting on any Board resolution and not be 

performed  by  the  same  individual.  The  position 

counted  in  the  quorum  at  meetings  for  approving  any 

of  Chief  Executive  Officer  at  the  Group  level  has 

contract  or  arrangement  in  which  such  Director  or  any 

been  vacant  during  the  period.  Nonetheless,  Mr. 

of his close associates has a material interest.

Colin  Paterson,  who  serves  as  the  Chief  Executive 

Officer  of  Brockman  Mining  Australia  Pty  Ltd  (a 

The  Board  is  responsible  for  performing  corporate 

wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company),  is 

governance  duties  and  has  adopted  the  written  terms 

responsible  for  the  oversight  of  the  core  iron  ore 

of  reference  within  its  Board  Charter  on  its  corporate 

business operation; and

governance functions. The duties of the Board in respect 

of the corporate governance functions include:

(ii)  Appendix 14 Code Provision C.1.6 of the HK Listing 

Rules,  states  that  non-executive  Directors  should 

(i) 

developing and reviewing the Company’s policies 

attend  general  meetings.  During  the  year,  due 

and practices on corporate governance;

to  Directors’  other  commitments  and  schedule 

conflicts,  not  all  of  the  non-executive  Directors 
attended all of the general meetings.

(ii) 

r e v i e w i n g   a n d   m o n i t o r i n g   t h e   t r a i n i n g   a n d 
continuous  professional  development  of  Directors 

and senior management;

17

ANNUAL REPORT 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT(iii) 

reviewing  and  monitoring  the  Company’s  policies 

under  Rule  3.10  of  the  HK  Listing  Rules  and  Principle 

and  practices  on  compliance  with  legal  and 

2.3  of  the  ASX  Principles.  The  Directors  consider  all 

regulatory requirements;

of  the  independent  non-executive  Directors  to  be 

independent  under  the  independence  criteria  and 

(iv)  developing, reviewing and monitoring the Code of 

all  are  capable  of  effectively  exercising  independent 

Conduct  applicable  to  employees  and  Directors; 

judgment.

and

CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

(v) 

reviewing  the  Company’s  compliance  with  the 

The  roles  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chairman 

Code,  CGPR  4th  Edition  and  disclosures  in  the 

are separate and exercised by different individuals. The 

Corporate Governance Report.

position of the chief executive officer at the Group level 

has been vacant during the year. Nonetheless, Mr. Colin 

During the year ended 30 June 2022 and up to the date 

Paterson, an executive Director, also serves as the Chief 

of this report, the Board has performed these Corporate 

Executive  Officer  of  Brockman  Mining  Australia  Pty  Ltd 

Governance  duties  in  accordance  with  its  terms  of 

(a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company),  and  is 

reference.

BOARD MEMBERSHIP

responsible for the oversight of the core iron ore business 

operations.

T h e   B o a r d   h a s   b e e n   s t r u c t u r e d   f o r   a n   e f f e c t i v e 

Mr.  Kwai  Sze  Hoi,  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  is  primary 

composition,  with  a  balance  of  skills,  experience  and 

responsible for the leadership of the Board, ensuring that 

commitment  to  adequately  discharge  its  responsibilities 

(i) all significant policy issues are discussed by the Board 

and  duties.  During  the  year  ended  30  June  2022,  three 

in  a  timely  and  a  constructive  manner,  (ii)  all  Directors 

of  the  nine  Directors  were  independent.  Whilst  this  is 

are properly briefed on issues arising at Board meetings; 

not  a  majority  of  Independent  non-executive  Directors, 

and (iii) the Directors receive accurate, timely and clear 

it  is  believed  to  be  a  suitable  balance  between  the 

information.

composition  of  executive  and  non-executive  Directors, 

with  a  wide  range  of  expertise  and  experience.  Their 

T h e   C h a i r m a n   h a s   i n t e r e s t s   i n   t h e   s h a r e s   o f   t h e 

active  participation  in  the  Board  and  committee 

Company, and is not independent as he is a substantial 

meetings  brought  independent  judgement  on  issues 

shareholder of the Company. The Board has determined 

relating  to  the  Group’s  strategy,  performance  and 

that  his  commercial  experience  is  more  beneficial 

m a n a g e m e n t   p r o c e s s ,   t a k i n g   i n t o   a c c o u n t   t h e 

t o   s h a r e h o l d e r s   a t   t h i s   s t a g e   o f   t h e   C o m p a n y ’ s 

interests  of  all  shareholders  of  the  Company.  Each  of 

development  than  the  independence  requirement 

the  independent  non-executive  Directors  has  made 

outlined in the ASX Principles.

an  annual  confirmation  stating  compliance  with  the 

independence  criteria  set  out  in  Rule  3.13  of  the  HK 

Listing  Rules  and  Principle  2.4  of  the  ASX  Principles.  At 

least  one  of  the  independent  non-executive  Directors 

has  the  appropriate  professional  qualification  or 

accounting  or  related  financial  management  expertise 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors in office during the year are as follows:

Period in office  

Date of 

of Annual Report 

Attended/Eligible 

Attended/Eligible 

as at the date 

Board Meeting 

General Meeting 

Name of Director/role

appointment

(Years of service)

to attend*

to attend*

Non-Executive Directors

Kwai Sze Hoi, Chairman

15 June 2012

Liu Zhengui, Vice Chairman

27 April 2012

Ross Stewart Norgard

22 August 2012

Independent  

David Rolf Welch

15 October 2019

Non-Executive Directors

Yap Fat Suan, Henry

8 January 2014

Choi Yue Chun, Eugene

12 June 2014

Executive Directors

Kwai Kwun, Lawrence

13 March 2014

Colin Paterson

25 February 2015

Chan Kam Kwan, Jason,  

  Company Secretary

2 January 2008

10

10

10

3

8

8

8

7

14

3/4

0/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

4/4

3/4

4/4

1/1

0/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

0/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

* 

Represents total number of Board and general meetings held during the year. Determination of eligibility has taken into account 

the respective Directors’ period in office. A total of 5 meetings were held during the year ended 30 June 2022.

The brief biographical details of the Directors are stated under the section “Directors and Management”.

19

ANNUAL REPORT 2022BOARD MEETINGS

Prior  to  each  meeting  of  the  Board  (at  least  3  days 

The  Board  conducts  meetings  on  a  regular  basis 

before  the  meetings  (including  committee  meetings)), 

as  required  by  business  needs.  The  Bye-Laws  of  the 

the  Directors  are  provided  with  appropriate,  complete 

Company  allow  Board  meetings  to  be  conducted  by 

and  reliable  information  to  ensure  timely  consideration 

way  of  telephone  or  video-conference.  Any  resolutions 

t o   e n a b l e   t h e m   t o   m a k e   i n f o r m e d   d e c i s i o n s .   I n 

can  be  passed  by  way  of  written  resolutions  circulated 

addition,  a  written  procedure  has  been  established  to 

to  and  signed  by  all  Directors  from  time  to  time  when 

enable  the  Directors  in  discharging  of  their  duties  to 

necessary  except  for  matters  in  which  a  substantial 

seek  independent  professional  advice,  in  appropriate 

shareholder  or  a  Director  or  their  respective  associates 

circumstances at a reasonable cost to be borne by the 

has  a  conflict  of  interest.  The  Board  held  5  meetings 

Company.  The  Board  is  provided  with  the  opportunity 

during the year ended 30 June 2022.

to meet independently from Executive Directors as and 

The  Company  normally  provides  a  reasonable  notice 

independent  access  to  senior  management  whenever 

when  required.  Each  Director  also  has  separate  and 

period  (at  least  14  days’  notice)  for  every  Board 

necessary.

meeting to all the Directors to give them an opportunity 

to  attend.  If  such  notice  is  not  possible,  permission  to 

waive is obtained from the Directors.

The Board has established different sub-committees with members as at 30 June 2022 as follows:

Health, Safety, 

Remuneration 

Environment & 

Risk 

Nomination 

& Performance 

Sustainability 

Management 

Executive 

Committee

Audit Committee

Committee

Committee

Committee

Committee

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Chairman

Member

Member

Member

Non-Executive Directors

Kwai Sze Hoi (Chairman)

Liu Zhengui (Vice Chairman)

Ross Stewart Norgard

Executive Director

Kwai Kwun Lawrence

Colin Paterson

Chan Kam Kwan Jason  

(Company Secretary)

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Yap Fat Suan Henry

Choi Yue Chun Eugene

David Rolf Welch

Chairman

Chairman

Chairman

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Chairman

Member

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
BOARD SKILLS MATRIX

The following table summarises the combination of skills and experience of the Board:

Experience, skills & attributes

Board

Nomination

Audit

performance

Sustainability

Management

Executive

Health, Safety, 

Remuneration & 

Environment & 

Risk 

Total Non-Executive Directors

Total Executive Directors

Total Independent 

  Non-Executive Directors

Experience

Corporate leadership

Successful experience in CEO 

  and/or other senior corporate 

leadership

International experience

Senior experience in multiple 

international locations

Resources industry experience

Relevant industry (resources, 

  mining, exploration) experience

Other Board level listed experience

Membership of other listed entities 

(last 3 years)

Knowledge and skills

Finance and capital management

Governance

Risk and Compliance

Gender

Male

Female

3

3

3

9

4

5

7

7

2

9

0

2

0

3

5

2

2

4

4

1

5

0

0

0

3

3

—

1

2

3

1

3

0

2

0

3

5

2

2

4

4

1

5

0

1

0

2

3

—

1

2

3

1

3

0

1

1

1

3

—

2

2

2

1

3

0

0

3

0

3

—

2

2

2

1

3

0

21

ANNUAL REPORT 2022 
 
 
INDUCTION OF DIRECTORS

CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

Every newly appointed Director will receive an induction 

Each  Director  keeps  abreast  of  his  responsibilities 

package  from  the  Company  Secretary  on  the  first 

as  a  Director  of  the  Company  and  of  the  conduct, 

occasion  of  their  appointment.  The  induction  package 

business  activities  and  development  of  the  Company, 

is a comprehensive formal and tailored induction on the 

as  well  as  the  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  the 

responsibility  and  on-going  obligations  to  be  observed 

Company.  Comprehensive  inductions  are  completed 

by  a  Director  pursuant  to  the  Australian  Corporations 

upon  appointment,  and  the  Company  ensures  suitable 

Act  2001,  Hong  Kong  Companies  Ordinance,  Listing 

professional  development  is  undertaken  by  Directors 

Rules  and  Securities  and  Futures  Ordinance.  In  addition 

and members of senior management, with an objective 

this induction package includes materials describing the 

t o   k e e p   a b r e a s t   o f   t h e   l i s t i n g   r u l e s   a m e n d m e n t s 

business  of  the  Company,  the  latest  published  financial 

and  refresh  their  knowledge  and  skills  on  corporate 

reports  of  the  Company  and  documentation  for  the 

governance.  The  Directors  provide,  and  the  Company 

corporate governance practices adopted by the Board. 

maintains  a  record  of  all  professional  development 

Directors  will  be  continuously  updated  on  any  major 

undertaken  during  the  period.  Mr.  Chan  Kam  Kwan, 

developments  of  the  listing  rules  and  other  applicable 

Jason,  being  an  Executive  Director  and  the  Company 

regulatory  requirements  to  ensure  compliance  and 

Secretary  of  the  Company  received  no  less  than 

upkeeping of good corporate governance practices.

15  hours  of  relevant  professional  training  during  the 

APPOINTMENT AND RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

development  materials  during  the  year  ended  30  June 

In accordance with the Bye-Laws of the Company and 

2022.

financial year. All Directors reviewed written professional 

to  comply  with  relevant  HK  and  ASX  Listing  Rules,  every 

Director  should  be  subject  to  retirement  by  rotation  at 

least  once  every  three  years.  Non-Executive  Directors 

are  appointed  for  a  fixed  term  of  3  years.  All  Directors 

appointed  to  fill  a  casual  vacancy  should  be  subject 

to  re-election  by  shareholders  at  the  first  annual 

general  meeting  (“AGM”)  after  their  appointment 

and  not  less  than  one-third  of  the  Directors  should  be 

subject  to  retirement  and  re-election  every  year.  Upon 

appointment,  each  director  and  executive  defined  as 

a  Key  Management  Personnel  (“KMP”)  has  a  written 

agreement outlining the terms of their appointment.

In  accordance  with  our  Bye-Laws  87(1),  at  each  AGM 

one-third  of  the  Directors  shall  retire  from  office  by 

rotation  and  each  Director  shall  retire  at  least  once 

every  three  years.  Messrs.  Kwai  Kwun,  Lawrence,  David 

Rolf  Welch,  Ross  Stewart  Norgard  and  Mr.  Liu  Zhengui 

will  retire  and,  being  eligible,  may  offer  themselves  for 

re-election at the forthcoming AGM.

No  Directors’  service  contract  contains  a  provision 

requiring  greater  than  one  year’s  notice  or  requires 

compensation greater than one year’s emoluments.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE
Role and function

The  Board  has  established  a  Nomination  Committee 

which carries out its duties in accordance with the Terms 

of  Reference  and  Nomination  Policy,  a  copy  of  which 

is located on the Company’s website. The Committee’s 

primary functions are:

• 

To  identify  suitable  candidates  for  nomination 

to  the  Board,  Board  Committees  and  senior 

management;

• 

Succession  planning  for  the  Board  and  senior 

management;

• 

• 

The appointment and re-election of Directors; and

Ensuring  appropriate  skills  are  available  to  the 

Board to discharge its duties and add value to the 

Company.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT• 

Is provided with sufficient resources to discharge its 

Composition and attendance

duties and has access to independent professional 

The  Committee  consists  of  a  majority  of  independent 

advice  at  the  cost  of  the  Company  according  to 

Directors  and  was  comprised  of  the  following  members 

the Company’s policy, if considered necessary.

during the year ended 30 June 2022:

Name of member

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Yap Fat Suan Henry - Chairman

Choi Yue Chun Eugene

David Rolf Welch

Non-Executive Directors

Kwai Sze Hoi

Liu Zhengui

Meetings attended/

eligible to attend (*)

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

0/1

(*) 

Represents the total number of meetings held during the year ended 30 June 2022.

NOMINATION POLICY

(c) 

The  Company  Secretary  provides  the  Board 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  Nomination  Policy  which 

with  the  biographical  details  and  details  of  the 

sets  out  below  the  nomination  procedures  and  the 

relationship  between  the  candidate  and  the 

criteria  for  nomination  of  Board  or  senior  management 

company  and/or  Directors,  directorships  held, 

members.

skills and experience, other positions which involve 

s i g n i f i c a n t   t i m e   c o m m i t m e n t   a n d   a n y   o t h e r 

To  ensure  changes  to  the  Board  composition  can  be 

particulars  required  by  law  for  any  candidate  for 

managed without undue disruption, a formal considered 

appointment to the Board;

and  transparent  procedure  is  in  place  for  selection, 

appointment  and  reappointment  of  Directors,  as  well 

(d) 

The Board develops a short list of candidates;

as  plans  in  place  for  orderly  succession  (if  considered 

necessary), including periodical review of such plans.

(e) 

In  the  case  of  the  appointment  of  an  additional 

NOMINATION PROCEDURES

independent  non-executive  Director,  the  Board 

obtains  all  information  in  relation  to  the  proposed 

Subject  to  the  provisions  in  the  Company’s  Bye-laws,  if 

Director to allow the Board to adequately address 

the Board recognises the need for an additional Director 

the independence of the Director;

or member of senior management:

(a) 

The  Board  determines  the  required  skilled  set, 

(f) 

The Board agrees on a preferred candidate;

r e l e v a n t   e x p e r t i s e   a n d   e x p e r i e n c e ,   h a v i n g 

(g) 

The Chairman of the Board approaches the preferred 

consideration  of  the  current  Board  composition 

candidate to canvass interest, availability and terms of 

a n d   s i z e   a n d   s h a r e h o l d e r   s t r u c t u r e   o f   t h e 

appointment; and

Company;

(b) 

The  Committee  and/or  Board  identifies  potential 

Board and the Company Secretary finalise a letter 

candidates,  possibly  with  assistance  from  external 

of appointment for Board approval.

(h) 

The Chairman of the Committee, Chairman of the 

agencies and/or advisors;

23

ANNUAL REPORT 2022In  the  case  of  the  appointment  of  independent  non-

• 

Time  commitment:  Each  Board  member  must 

executive Directors, appointments should be for specific 

have  sufficient  time  available  for  the  proper 

term  and  subject  to  re-election,  the  ASX  Listing  Rules, 

performance  of  his  or  her  duties.  Directors  should 

the  HK  Listing  Rules  and  the  Companies  Act  1981  of 

be  sufficiently  free  of  other  commitments  to  be 

Bermuda.

CRITERIA FOR SELECTION

The  selection  criteria  include  but  are  not  limited  to  the 

following:

able  to  devote  the  time  needed  to  prepare  for 

meetings  and  participate  in  induction,  training, 

appraisal and other Board associated activities.

• 

I n d e p e n d e n c e :   F o r   t h e   c a n d i d a t e   w h o   i s 

proposed  as  an  independent  non-executive 

• 

Business  experience:  The  candidate  should  have 

d i r e c t o r ,   t h e   c a n d i d a t e   m u s t   s a t i s f y   a l l   t h e 

significant experience from a senior role in an area 

independence requirements as set out in Rule 3.13 

of  business,  public  affairs  or  academia,  relevant 

of the HK Listing Rules. The candidate must always 

to  the  Company.  Awareness  of  the  Group’s 

be  aware  of  threats  to  their  independence  and 

focus  industry  would  be  an  advantage  but  not  a 

avoid  any  conflict  of  interest  with  the  Company 

requirement in all cases.

and must be able to represent and act in the best 

interests of the Company and its shareholders as a 

• 

Public  Board  experience:  The  candidate  should 

whole

have relevant expertise and experience earned as 

a Board member of a reputable listed company or 

To  ensure  that  the  existing  policy  continues  to  be 

from  a  senior  position  in  his  or  her  industry,  public 

implemented in practice, the Company shall undertake 

affairs or academia.

regular  reviews  and  reassess  this  policy  having  regard 

t o   t h e   r e g u l a t o r y   r e q u i r e m e n t ,   g o o d   c o r p o r a t e 

• 

Diversity:  The  candidate  should  contribute  to 

g o v e r n a n c e   p r a c t i c e   a n d   t h e   e x p e c t a t i o n s   o f 

the  Board  being  a  diverse  body,  with  diversity 

shareholders and other stakeholders of the Company.

reflecting  gender,  age,  cultural  and  educational 

background,  ethnicity,  professional  experience, 

During the year ended 30 June 2022 and up to the date 

qualifications,  skills  and  length  of  service.  Given 

of this report, the Nomination Committee performed the 

the  current  composition  of  the  Board,  a  female 

works as summarized below:

candidate  would  be  an  advantage  but  not  a 

requirement.

(i) 

Reviewed  and  recommended  for  the  Board’s 

approval the proposed resolution for re-election of 

• 

Standing:  The  candidate  should  be  of  the  highest 

each retiring Director 2021 AGM;

ethical  character  and  have  a  strong  reputation 

and standing, both personally and professionally.

(ii) 

R e v i e w e d   t h e   s t r u c t u r e ,   s i z e ,   c o m p o s i t i o n 

and  diversity  of  the  Board  and  assessed  the 

i n d e p e n d e n c e   o f   e a c h   i n d e p e n d e n t   n o n -

executive director; and

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTBOARD DIVERSITY POLICY

improving  employee  retention,  and  being  able  to 

The  Board  has  adopted  a  Board  diversity  policy  setting 

access different perspectives. Diversity includes, without 

out the approach to achieve diversity on the Board. The 

limitation,  different  gender,  age,  ethnicity  and  cultural 

Company  considers  that  diversity  of  Board  members 

background.

can  be  achieved  through  consideration  of  a  number 

of  aspects,  including  but  not  limited  to,  gender,  age, 

Details are available on the Company’s website.

cultural  and  educational  background,  professional 

experience,  skills,  knowledge  and  length  of  service. 

A l l   B o a r d   a p p o i n t m e n t s   a r e   b a s e d   o n   m e r i t   a n d 

contribution,  and  candidates  are  considered  against 

objective  criteria,  having  due  regard  for  the  benefits 

of  diversity  on  the  Board.  The  Board  considers  that  the 

current Board composition diverse and that it meets the 

criteria  (except  that  there  is  no  female  representation 

on the Board).

The  Nomination  Committee  reviews  the  Policy  on  a 

regular  basis  and  discusses  any  revisions  that  may  be 

required,  and  recommends  any  such  revisions  to  the 

Board for consideration and approval.

Workplace diversity

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  committed  to 

wokplace  diversity  and  recognise  the  benefits  arising 

from  employee  and  Board  diversity,  including  having 

a  broader  pool  of  quality  and  talented  employees 

Name of Director/role

Non-Executive Directors

Kwai Sze Hoi

Liu Zhengui

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Yap Fat Suan, Henry, Chairman

Choi Yue Chun, Eugene

David Rolf Welch

REMUNERATION AND PERFORMANCE 
COMMITTEE
The  Board  has  a  Remuneration  and  Performance 

Committee  to  ensure  that  the  Company  is  able  to 

attract,  retain,  and  motivate  a  high-calibre  team 

which  is  essential  to  the  success  of  the  Company.  The 

Committee carries out its duties in accordance with the 

Terms  of  Reference,  a  copy  of  which  is  located  on  the 

Company’s website.

COMPOSITION AND ATTENDANCE

The  Committee  consists  of  a  majority  of  independent 

Directors  and  was  comprised  of  the  following  members 

during the year ended 30 June 2022:

Meetings attended/

eligible to attend (*)

1/1

0/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

(*) 

Represents the total number of meetings held during the year ended 30 June 2022.

T h e   p r i n c i p a l   d u t i e s   o f   t h e   R e m u n e r a t i o n   a n d 

The  Remuneration  and  Performance  Committee  is 

Performance  Committee  include,  inter  alia,  reviewing 

provided with sufficient resources to discharge its duties 

a n d   m a k i n g   r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s   t o   t h e   B o a r d   o n 

and  has  access  to  independent  professional  advice  at 

t h e   C o m p a n y ’ s   r e m u n e r a t i o n   p o l i c y ;   m a k i n g 

the  cost  of  the  Company  according  to  the  Company’s 

recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  remuneration 

policy, if considered necessary.

o f   E x e c u t i v e   a n d   N o n - E x e c u t i v e   D i r e c t o r s ,   a n d 

members  of  the  senior  management;  reviewing  and 
making  recommendations  to  the  Board  in  respect 

In  addition  to  its  remuneration  duties,  the  Committee  is 
also  responsible  for  the  annual  performance  review  of 

of  performance-based  remuneration  by  reference 

the  Board,  Board  Committees  and  individual  Directors’ 

to  corporate  goals  and  objectives;  and  ensuring  no 

performance.

Director  or  any  of  his  or  her  associates  are  involved  in 

deciding his own remuneration.

25

ANNUAL REPORT 2022REMUNERATION AND PERFORMANCE

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION FRAMEWORK

The  terms  of  reference  in  respect  of  the  Remuneration 

The  Company  aims  to  reward  executives  with  a  level 

and Performance Committee distinguishes the structure 

and  mix  of  compensation  commensurate  with  their 

of  the  Non-Executive  Directors’  remuneration  from  that 

position  and  responsibilities  within  the  Company.  The 

of Executive Directors and senior executives.

Remuneration  and  Performance  Committee  is  assisted 

in the process by the use of independent salary data, if 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

applicable.

The  Board  is  determined  to  attract  and  retain  high 

cal ibre  Non-E xecutive  Direc tors  to  work  with  the 

T h e   e x e c u t i v e   p a y   a n d   r e w a r d   f r a m e w o r k   h a s   2 

Company,  whilst  at  the  same  time  preserving  cash 

components:  base  pay  and  long-term  incentives 

flow.  Accordingly,  the  structure  of  the  Non-Executive 

through participation in the 2012 Share Option Scheme. 

Directors’  remuneration  allows  for  remuneration  in  the 

Details of the 2012 Share Option Scheme can be found 

form  of  share  options,  granted  under  the  share  option 

in the financial statements.

scheme.  Whilst  this  represents  a  departure  from  the 

Code  and  ASX  Principles,  the  Committee  believes  it  is 

PERFORMANCE REVIEW – EXECUTIVES

appropriate for the size of the Company, and is satisfied 

S e n i o r   e x e c u t i v e s ’   p e r f o r m a n c e   i s   r e v i e w e d   o n 

by  the  fact  that  all  Director  participation  under  the 

an  ongoing  basis  and  evaluated  annually  by  the 

share  option  scheme  is  approved  by  Shareholders  and 

R e m u n e r a t i o n   a n d   P e r f o r m a n c e   C o m m i t t e e .   T h e 

the  grant  aligns  with  the  long  term  performance  of  the 

evaluation is undertaken by each executive completing 

Company.  The  Company’s  Bye-laws  provide  that  the 

a   q u e s t i o n n a i r e   o n   p e r f o r m a n c e   i s s u e s   o r   e a c h 

Directors’  remuneration  shall  be  determined  by  the 

executive  having  one-on-one  interviews  with  the 

Company in a general meeting. The Company has fixed 

Chairman  of  the  Committee.  Performance  evaluations 

a  maximum  sum  of  A$1  million  in  aggregate  for  Non-

were completed during the period for senior executives.

Executive  Directors  per  annum,  unless  otherwise  and 

approved by the Shareholders.

Individual  executives  may  meet  with  the  Chairman  of 

the Committee to discuss their responses.

PERFORMANCE REVIEW OF THE BOARD

B o a r d   p e r f o r m a n c e   a n d   i n d i v i d u a l   D i r e c t o r 

During  the  year  ended  30  June  2022  and  up  to  the 

p e r f o r m a n c e   a r e   r e v i e w e d   o n   a n   o n g o i n g   b a s i s 

date of this report, the Remuneration and Performance 

and  evaluated  annually  by  the  Remuneration  and 

Committee performed the works as summarised below:

Performance Committee. Individual Directors may meet 

with  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee  to  discuss  their 

(i) 

Reviewed  and  made  recommendations  to  the 

views towards their remuneration packages.

Board  on  the  existing  policy  and  structure  for 

the  remuneration  of  all  Directors  and  senior 

REMUNERATION OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

management,

The  Remuneration  and  Performance  Committee  is 

responsible  for  reviewing  compensation  arrangements 

(ii) 

Reviewed  the  existing  remuneration  packages  of 

for  Executive  Directors,  including  the  Chief  Executive 

the Executive Directors and senior management,

Officer  (if  any)  and  senior  management  team.  The 

Company  has  adopted  model  (ii)  as  set  out  in  code 

(iii)  Reviewed  the  existing  remuneration  of  the  Non-

provision  E1.2.(c)  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Code, 

Executive  Director’s  (including  the  Independent 

under  which  the  Remuneration  and  Performance 

Non-Executive Director’s), and

Committee  makes  recommendation  to  the  Board  on 

the  remuneration  packages  of  individual  executive 

(iv)  Assessed  the  performance  of  Executive  Directors 

Directors  and  senior  management.  The  Committee 

and  recommended  for  the  Board’s  approval  the 

assesses the appropriateness of the nature and amount 

renewal  of  appointment  letters  setting  out  the 

of  remuneration  of  Directors  and  senior  managers  on 

remuneration of Directors.

a  periodic  basis  by  reference  to  relevant  employment 

market conditions with the overall objective of ensuring 

maximum  stakeholder  benefit  from  the  retention  of  a 

high quality Board and executive team.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTREMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR 

statements.  The  emoluments  (includes  share-based 

MANAGEMENT

compensation)  of  the  Directors  and  members  of  the 

For  details  of  the  remuneration  of  each  Director  in 

senior  management  by  band  for  the  year  ended  30 

the  financial  year,  refer  to  the  notes  to  the  financial 

June 2022 is set out below:

Number of 

members 

2022 *

Number of 

members 

2021 *

6

3

1

1

11

6

4

1

—

11

Draft  and  final  versions  of  minutes  of  meetings  are 

sent  to  all  committee  members  for  their  comment  and 

records, within a reasonable time after the meeting. Full 

minutes  of  audit  committee  meetings  are  kept  by  the 

Company Secretary.

Composition, expertise and attendance

The  Committee  consists  of  a  majority  of  Independent 

Directors,  none  of  whom  have  been  employed  as 

previous or current auditors of the Company.

HK$0 to HK$1,000,000

HK$1,000,001 – HK$2,000,000

HK$2,000,001 – HK$3,000,000

HK$3,000,001 – HK$4,000,000

* 

All Directors and senior management

AUDIT COMMITTEE
Role and function

The  Board  has  established  an  Audit  Committee  to 

carry  out  its  oversight  of  the  Company’s  financial 

reporting  system  and  internal  control  procedures.  The 

Committee carries out its duties in accordance with the 

Terms  of  Reference,  a  copy  of  which  is  located  on  the 

Company’s website.

T h e   A u d i t   C o m m i t t e e   i s   p r o v i d e d   w i t h   s u f f i c i e n t 

resources  to  discharge  its  duties  and  has  access  to 

independent  professional  advice  at  the  cost  of  the 

C o m p a n y   a c c o r d i n g   t o   t h e   C o m p a n y ’ s   p o l i c y   i f 

considered necessary.

27

ANNUAL REPORT 2022The composition and expertise of the Committee was as follows during the year ended 30 June 2022:

Name of Director/role

Expertise

Meetings attended/

eligible to attend (*)

Independent Non-Executive 

Yap Fat Suan, Henry,  

Fellow  of  the  Institute  of  Chartered  Accountants  in 

2/2

Directors

  Chairman

England  and  Wales  and  an  associate  member  of  the 

Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Choi Yue Chun, Eugene

Graduated  from  the  University  of  Hong  Kong  with  a 

2/2

Bachelor  of  Laws  degree,  admitted  as  a  solicitor  of  the 

High Court of Hong Kong in 1997 and member of the Law 

Society of Hong Kong.

David Rolf Welch

Graduated  from  the  University  of  Western  Australia  with 

2/2

a  Bachelor  of  Commence  degree,  he  has  held  senior 

executive  positions  including  Vice  President  of  Strategy 

and Business Development for Aurizon Holdings Limited.

(*) 

Represents the total number of meetings held during the year ended 30 June 2022.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMITTEE

(d) 

to  monitor  the  integrity  of  financial  statements 

The  primary  responsibilities  of  the  Audit  Committee  are, 

of  the  Company  and  the  Company’s  annual 

inter alia,

report  and  accounts,  half-yearly  report  and,  if 

prepared for publication, quarterly reports, and to 

(a) 

to  consider  and  make  recommendations  to  the 

review  significant  financial  reporting  judgements 

Board  on  the  appointment,  reappointment  and 

contained in them;

removal  of  the  external  auditor  (and  to  approve 

the remuneration and terms of engagement of the 

(e) 

to  evaluate  the  adequacy  of  the  Company’s 

external  auditor)  and  any  questions  of  resignation 

accounting  control  system  by  reviewing  written 

or dismissal of that auditor;

reports  from  the  external  auditors,  and  monitor 

management’s  responses  and  actions  to  correct 

(b) 

to review and monitor the external auditor’s independence 

any noted deficiencies;

and  objectivity  and  the  effectiveness  of  the  audit 

process  in  accordance  with  applicable  standards. 

(f) 

to  review  the  adequacy  and  effectiveness  of  the 

The  Committee  should  discuss  with  the  auditor 

Company’s financial controls, and unless expressly 

the  nature  and  scope  of  the  audit  and  reporting 

addressed  by  a  separate  Board  risk  management 

obligations before the audit commences;

committee,  or  by  the  Board  itself,  to  review  the 

Company’s  internal  control  and  risk  management 

(c) 

to develop and implement policy on the engagement 

systems  through  active  communication  with 

of  an  external  auditor  or  to  supply  non-audit 

management and the external auditors;

services.  For  this  purpose,  “external  auditor”  shall 

include  any  entity  that  is  under  common  control, 

(g) 

to discuss with management the system of internal 

ownership  or  management  of  the  audit  firm, 

control  and  risk  management  and  ensure  that 

or  any  entity  that  a  reasonable  and  informed 

management  has  discharged  its  duty  to  have 

third  party  having  knowledge  of  all  relevant 

effective  systems.  This  discussion  should  include 

information  would  reasonably  conclude  as  part 

the  adequacy  of  resources,  staff  qualifications 

of  the  audit  firm  nationally  or  internationally.  The 

and experience, training programmes and budget 

Committee  should  report  to  the  Board,  identifying 

of  the  Company’s  accounting  and  financial 

any  matters  in  respect  of  which  it  considers  that 

reporting function;

action  or  improvement  is  needed  and  making 

recommendations as to the steps to be taken;

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT(h) 

to  consider  any  findings  of  major  investigations 

During the year ended 30 June 2022 and up to the date 

of  risk  management  and  internal  control  matters 

of  this  report,  the  Committee  performed  the  works  as 

as  delegated  by  the  Board  or  on  its  own  initiative 

summarised below:

and management’s response to these findings;

(i) 

reviewed  and  approved  the  scope  and  fees 

(i)  where  an  internal  audit  function  exists,  to  ensure 

proposed by the external auditor,

co-ordination  between  the  internal  and  external 

auditors,  and  to  ensure  that  the  internal  audit 

(ii) 

reviewed  the  reports  of  findings/independent 

f u n c t i o n   i s   a d e q u a t e l y   r e s o u r c e d   a n d   h a s 

review  report  from  the  external  auditor  and 

appropriate  standing  within  the  Company,  and 

management’s  response  in  relation  to  the  final 

to  review  and  monitor  the  effectiveness  of  the 

audit  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2021,  interim 

internal audit function;

r e s u l t s   r e v i e w   f o r   t h e   s i x   m o n t h s   e n d e d   3 1 

December 2021, and

(j)  where  an  internal  audit  function  exists,  to  assess 

the  performance  and  objectivity  of  the  internal 

(iii) 

reviewed  and  recommended  for  the  Board’s 

audit  function  and  to  make  recommendations 

approval  the  financial  report  of  the  Group  for 

for  the  appointment  and  dismissal  of  the  Head  of 

the  year  ended  30  June  2021,  for  the  six  months 

Internal Audit;

ended  31  December  2021  together  with  the 

relevant  management  representation  letters  and 

(k) 

to  review  the  Group’s  financial  and  accounting 

announcements.

policies and practices;

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FINANCIAL 

(l) 

to  review  the  external  auditor’s  management 

STATEMENTS

letter,  any  material  queries  raised  by  the  auditor 

The  financial  statements  of  the  Company  for  the 

to  management  in  respect  of  the  accounting 

year  ended  30  June  2022  have  been  reviewed  by 

records,  financial  accounts  or  systems  of  control 

the  Board  and  the  Audit  Committee  and  audited  by 

and management’s response;

the  external  auditor,  Ernst  and  Young  Australia.  The 

Directors  acknowledge  their  responsibility  for  preparing 

(m) 

to ensure that the Board provides a timely response to 

the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company 

the issues raised in the external auditor’s management 

and  presenting  a  balanced,  clear  and  comprehensive 

letter;

assessment of the Group’s performance and prospects.

(n) 

to  review  arrangements  which  employees  of 

T h e   D i r e c t o r s   e n s u r e   t h a t   t h e   p r e p a r a t i o n   o f   t h e 

the  Company  can  use,  in  confidence,  to  raise 

consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company 

concerns  about  possible  improprieties  in  financial 

are  in  accordance  with  statutory  requirements  and 

reporting, internal control or other matters. The audit 

applicable  accounting  standards  and  have  selected 

committee should ensure that proper arrangements 

s u i t a b l e   a c c o u n t i n g   p o l i c i e s   a n d   a p p l i e d   t h e n 

are in place for fair and independent investigation 

consistently,  and  made  judgments  and  estimates  that 

of  these  matters  and  for  appropriate  follow-up 

are  prudent  and  reasonable  and  have  ensured  that 

action;

the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  on 

a  going  concern  basis.  The  Directors  also  ensure  the 

(o) 

to act as the key representative body for overseeing 

publication of the financial statements of the Company 

the issuer’s relations with the external auditor; and

in a timely manner.

(p) 

report  to  the  Board  on  matters  in  the  Corporate 

The  report  of  the  auditor  of  the  Company  about  their 

Governance Code and ASX Principles.

reporting  responsibilities  on  the  financial  statements  of 

the  Company  is  set  out  in  the  Independent  Auditor’s 

Report.

29

ANNUAL REPORT 2022AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

carries  out  all  the  general  powers  of  management  and 

The  remuneration  paid  to  the  Group’s  external  auditors 

control  of  the  activities  of  the  Group  as  vested  in  the 

during  the  year  ended  30  June  2022  is  set  out  in  the 

Board, save for those matters which are reserved for the 

Directors’ Report on pages 58 to 59.

Board’s  decision  and  approval  pursuant  to  the  written 

terms of reference of the Executive Committee (a copy 

Ernst and Young Australia, the auditor of the Company, 

of  which  is  located  on  the  Company’s  website).  The 

is  a  non-Hong  Kong  audit  firm  which  has  obtained 

members  include  the  Executive  Directors  and  certain 

approval  from  the  Financial  Reporting  Counsel  as 

senior  management  appointed  by  the  Board  from  time 

a  recognised  public  interest  entity  (“PIE”)  auditor  to 

to  time.  The  Executive  Committee  meets  whenever  it  is 

conduct PIE engagement of the Company.

necessary to carry out its obligations.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
The  Board  has  constituted  the  Executive  Committee 

and  delegated  the  responsibility  of  the  day-to-day 

HEALTH, SAFETY, ENVIRONMENT AND 
SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE
Role and function

management  and  has  empowered  the  Executive 

The  Board  has  established  a  Committee  to  oversee  the 

Committee to implement policies and strategies, for the 

health, safety, environmental and sustainability activities 

business  activities  and  operations,  internal  control  and 

of  the  Company.  The  Committee  carries  out  its  duties 

administration  of  the  Group.  The  Executive  Committee 

in  accordance  with  the  Terms  of  Reference,  a  copy  of 

which is located on the Company’s website.

COMPOSITION AND ATTENDANCE

The Committee consists of a majority of independent Directors and was comprised of the following members during the 

year ended 30 June 2022:

Name of Director/role

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Choi Yue Chun, Eugene, Chairman

Yap Fat Suan, Henry

Non-Executive Director

Ross Stewart Norgard

Meetings attended/

eligible to attend (*)

1/1

1/1

1/1

(*) 

Represents the total number of meetings held during the year ended 30 June 2022.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMITTEE

The principal duties of the Committee are:

(c) 

regularly  reviewing  community,  environmental, 

health and safety response compliance issues and 

incidents  to  determine,  on  behalf  of  the  Board, 

(a) 

rev iewing  and  monitoring  the  sustainability, 

whether  the  Company  is  taking  all  necessary 

environmental,  safety  and  health  policies  and 

action  in  respect  of  those  matters  and  that  the 

activities of the Company;

Company has been duly diligent in carrying out its 

responsibilities and activities in that regard;

(b)  e n c o u r a g i n g ,   s u p p o r t i n g   a n d   c o u n s e l l i n g 

management  in  developing  short  and  long  term 

(d)  ensuring  that  the  Company  monitors  trends  and 

policies and standards to ensure that the principles 

reviews current and emerging issues in the field of 

set  out  in  the  sustainability,  environmental,  health 

sustainability, environment, health and safety, and 

and  safety  policies  are  being  adhered  to  and 

evaluates their impact on the Company; and

achieved;

(e) 

reviewing  and  making  recommendations  to  the 

Board  with  respect  to  environmental  aspects  of 

expansions,  acquisitions  and  dispositions  with 

material environmental implications.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTDuring  the  year  ended  30  June  2022  and  up  to  the 

date  of  this  report,  the  Health,  Safety,  Environment 

and  Sustainability  Committee  performed  the  works  as 

summarised below:

i) 

Reviewed  and  recommend  to  the  Board  issues 

that  have  emerged  that  may  materially  impact 

the Company,

ii) 

Reviewed  incident  outcomes  and  compliance 

issues.

Name of Director/role

Executive Director

Colin Paterson (Chairman)

Non-Executive Director

Ross Stewart Norgard

Independent Non-Executive Director

Choi Yue Chun, Eugene

RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
Role and function

The  Board  has  established  a  Committee  to  oversee  risk 

management  and  internal  control  of  the  processes  by 

which  risk  is  considered  for  both  ongoing  operations 

a n d   p r o s p e c t i v e   a c t i o n s   o f   t h e   C o m p a n y .   T h e 

Committee carries out its duties in accordance with the 

Terms  of  Reference,  a  copy  of  which  is  located  on  the 

Company’s website.

Composition and attendance

T h e   C o m m i t t e e   w a s   c o m p r i s e d   o f   t h e   f o l l o w i n g 

members during the year ended 30 June 2022:

Meetings attended/

eligible to attend (*)

1/1

1/1

1/1

(*) 

Represents the total number of meetings held during the year ended 30 June 2022.

Whilst the risk management committee was not chaired 

The Risk Management Committee will meet periodically 

by  an  independent  director  and  it  does  not  comprise 

to  review  and  ensure  that  the  Company  has  in  place 

of  a  majority  of  independent  Directors,  the  committee 

processes  to  assess  and  manage  specific  and  general 

was  mainly  composed  of  non-executive  Directors 

business  risks  and  appropriate  mitigation  procedures 

and  an  independent  non-executive  Director  who  do 

where applicable.

not  participate  in  the  daily  operation  of  the  Group. 

The  Company  considers  that  objectivity  can  still  be 

During  the  year  ended  30  June  2022  and  up  to  the 

maintained with such arrangements.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMITTEE

date  of  this  report,  the  Risk  Management  Committee 
performed the works as summarised below:

R i s k   m a n a g e m e n t   e n c o m p a s s e s   a l l   a r e a s   o f 

(i) 

Reviewed  and  recommended  of  the  Board’s 

the  Company’s  activities.  Once  a  business  risk  is 

annual  review  the  Group’s  risk  management  and 

i d e n t i f i e d ,   t h e   r i s k   m a n a g e m e n t   p r o c e s s e s   a n d 

internal control systems.

systems  implemented  by  the  Company  are  aimed 

at  providing  the  necessary  framework  to  enable  the 

business  risk  to  be  managed.  Management  has  the 

key  role  of  identifying  risks  and  enabling  processes  for 

risk  management.  Senior  management  are  required 

to  report  risks  identified  to  the  Risk  Management 
Committee or Chief Executive Officer.

INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK 
MANAGEMENT
Role and function

The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  Group’s 

system  of  internal  control  and  for  the  assessment  and 

management of risk. The Board has conducted a review 

of and is satisfied with the effectiveness of the system of 

internal control of the Group.

31

ANNUAL REPORT 2022The  Executive  Directors  also  discuss  the  audit  plan  with 

REVIEW PERIOD

the  Audit  Committee  and  the  external  auditors.  The 

The  Board  also  reviews  at  least  annually  the  adequacy 

audit  plan  is  reassessed  during  the  year  as  needed  to 

of  resources,  qualifications  and  experience  of  staff 

ensure  that  adequate  resources  are  deployed  and 

of  the  Group’s  accounting  and  financial  reporting 

the  plan’s  objectives  are  met.  In  addition,  regular 

function, and their training programmes and budget.

consultation  is  undertaken  with  the  Group’s  external 

auditors  so  they  are  aware  of  the  significant  factors 

For  the  year  ended  30  June  2022,  the  Board,  through 

which  may  affect  their  respective  scope  of  work. 

the  Audit,  and  Risk  Management  Committees,  has 

Reports  from  the  external  auditors  on  relevant  financial 

conducted a Group wide review of its risk management 

reporting matter are presented to the Audit Committee, 

and  internal  control  systems  for  the  assessment  on  the 

and, as appropriate, to the Board.

adequacy  of  resources,  qualifications  and  experience 

o f   s t a f f   o f   t h e   C o m p a n y ’ s   a c c o u n t i n g ,   i n t e r n a l 

The  Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  control 

audit,  financial  reporting  functions,  and  their  training 

systems  are  designed  to  provide  reasonable,  but  not 

programmes and budget.

absolute,  assurance  against  material  misstatement 

or  loss;  to  manage  rather  than  eliminate  the  risk  of 

REPORTING

system  failure;  and  to  assist  in  the  achievement  of  the 

The  Executive  Directors  of  the  Company  report  directly 

Group’s  agreed  objectives  and  goals.  They  have  a  key 

to  the  Board  and  the  Audit  Committee,  and  monitor 

role  in  the  management  of  risks  that  are  significant  to 

the  existence  and  effectiveness  of  the  controls  in  the 

the  fulfilment  of  business  objectives.  In  addition,  they 

Group’s business operations.

should  provide  a  basis  for  the  maintenance  of  proper 

accounting  records  and  assist  in  the  compliance  with 

For  risk  management,  the  Board,  the  Risk  Management 

relevant laws and regulations.

Committee,  and  management  have  reviewed  the 

G r o u p ’ s   f i n a n c i a l ,   o p e r a t i o n a l ,   c o m p l i a n c e   a n d 

Systems  and  procedures  are  put  in  place  to  identify, 

strategic aspects and identified certain risk areas.

evaluate and monitor the risks of the business activities. 

Annual  assessment  is  performed  by  the  Company 

Certain  types  of  risks  and  internal  control  weaknesses 

and  presented  to  the  Audit  and  Risk  Management 

have  been  identified  and  the  relevant  measures 

C o m m i t t e e s   o n   t h e   e f f e c t i v e n e s s   o f   t h e   r i s k 

implemented to mitigate these risks are disclosed under 

management  and  internal  control  systems,  who  then 

the section “Management Discussion and Analysis”.

will put forward the results and findings to the Board for 

review on the effectiveness of the risk management and 

For the year ended 30 June 2022, the risk management 

internal control systems.

and  internal  control  systems  have  been  considered 

effective  and  adequate  and  no  significant  deficiency 

INTERNAL AUDIT FUNCTION

were noted.

The Company has outsourced its internal audit function 

and  has  engaged  an  independent  management 

CONFIRMATION OF COMPLIANCE

consultancy  company  to  assess  the  internal  control 

Although  the  Company  is  not  required  to  comply  with 

measures of the Group on a yearly basis. The conclusion 

Section  295A  of  the  Australian  Corporations  Act  2001 

i s   t h a t   t h e r e   w a s   n o   s i g n i f i c a n t   w e a k n e s s   i n   t h e 

(being a company incorporated in Bermuda), the Board 

Company’s  internal  control  and  risk  management 

requires  the  Executive  Director  to  state  in  writing  to  the 

systems.

Board that:

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTThe  financial  records  of  the  Company  have  been 

properly  maintained  and  the  financial  statements 

comply with the appropriate accounting standards and 

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  Company’s  financial 

position,  and  that  the  opinion  has  been  based  on  the 

basis of a sound system of risk management and internal 

control which is operating effectively.

MODEL CODE FOR SECURITIES 
TRANSACTIONS BY DIRECTORS
The  Company  has  adopted  a  Securities  Trading  Policy 

COMPANY SECRETARY
ROLE AND FUNCTION

The Company Secretary is responsible and accountable 

d i r e c t l y   t o   t h e   B o a r d   a n d   e n s u r i n g   t h a t   B o a r d 

procedures  are  followed  and  that  the  activities  of 

the  Board  are  carried  out  efficiently  and  effectively. 

T h e   C o m p a n y   S e c r e t a r y   a s s i s t s   t h e   C h a i r m a n   t o 

prepare  agendas  and  Board  papers  for  meetings  and 

disseminates  such  documents  to  the  Directors  and 

Board  Committees  in  a  timely  manner.  The  Company 

Secretary  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that  the  Board  is 

which  applies,  inter  alia,  to  all  Directors  and  Key 

fully  briefed  on  all  legislative,  regulatory  and  corporate 

Management  Personnel.  The  Securities  Trading  Policy 

governance developments when making decisions. The 

complies with the ASX Listing Rules and the Model Code 

Company  Secretary  is  also  directly  responsible  for  the 

for  Securities  Transactions  by  Directors  of  Listed  Issuers 

Group’s  compliance  with  the  continuing  obligations 

(the “Model Code”) as set out in Appendix 10 of the HK 

of  the  Listing  Rules  and  The  Code  on  Takeovers  and 

Listing Rules. A copy of the Company’s Securities Trading 

Mergers  and  Share  Repurchases,  including  publication 

Policy is available on the website of the Company.

and  dissemination  of  the  Company’s  reports,  financial 

All  Directors  have  confirmed,  following  a  specific 

per  the  Listing  Rules.  Also,  timely  dissemination  of 

enquiry by the Company, that they have complied with 

announcements  and  information  relating  to  the  Group 

the  required  standard  as  set  out  in  the  Model  Code 

to the market and ensuring that appropriate notification 

throughout the year ended 30 June 2022.

is made when there are any dealings by Directors in the 

statements  and  interim  reports  within  the  period  as 

securities of the Group.

CODE OF CONDUCT

The  Company  has  adopted  a  Code  of  Conduct,  the 

The  Company  Secretary  also  advises  the  Directors  on 

purpose  of  the  Code  is  to  guide  and  enhance  the 

their  obligations  in  respect  of  disclosure  of  interests 

conduct and behaviour of the Directors, executives and 

i n   s e c u r i t i e s ,   c o n n e c t e d   t r a n s a c t i o n s   a n d   i n s i d e 

employees  in  performing  their  daily  roles.  The  Code  of 

i n f o r m a t i o n   a n d   e n s u r e s   t h a t   t h e   s t a n d a r d s   a n d 

Conduct  encourages  and  fosters  a  culture  of  integrity 

disclosures required by the Listing Rules are observed.

and  responsible  valued  employer,  business  partner  and 

corporate  citizen,  in  all  our  relationships.  This  Code  of 

Draft  minutes  of  each  Board  meeting  are  circulated  to 

Conduct  sets  out  the  principles  and  standards  which 

all  Directors  for  their  comment  before  being  tabled  at 

the  Board,  executives  and  employees  are  encouraged 

the  following  Board  meeting  for  approval.  All  minutes 

to  strive  towards  with  each  other,  shareholders,  other 

are  kept  by  the  Company  Secretary  and  are  open  for 

stakeholders  and  the  broader  community.  Details  are 

inspection at any reasonable time on reasonable notice 

available on the Company’s website.

by any Director.

33

ANNUAL REPORT 2022The  biographical  details  of  Mr  Chan  Kam  Kwan,  Jason 

Directors  and  executives  in  possession  of  potential 

is  set  out  in  the  Biographies  of  Directors  and  Senior 

inside information and or inside information are required 

Management.

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

to  take  reasonable  measures  to  ensure  that  proper 

safeguards are in place to preserve strict confidentiality 

of  inside  information  and  to  ensure  that  its  recipients 

D u r i n g   t h e   y e a r ,   M r   C h a n   K a m   K w a n   J a s o n ,   t h e 

recognise  their  obligations  to  maintain  confidential. 

Company  Secretary  of  the  Company,  has  undertaken 

T h e   p o l i c y   s h a l l   b e   u p d a t e d   a n d   r e v i s e d   a s   a n d 

no  less  than  15  hours  of  professional  training  to  update 

when  necessary  in  light  of  changes  in  circumstances 

his  skills  and  knowledge  and  hence  has  complied  with 

and  changes  in  the  SEHK  and  ASX  Listing  Rules,  the 

the  relevant  training  requirement  under  rule  3.29  of  the 

Securities and Futures Ordinance, relevant statutory and 

Listing Rules and 2.6 of the ASX Principles during the year 

regulatory requirements from time to time.

ended 30 June 2022.

LANGUAGE OF MEETINGS

All  key  corporate  and  shareholder  documents  are 

prepared  in  both  English  and  Mandarin.  All  Board 

meetings  are  conducted  in  English  and  all  Directors 

are  capable  of  communicating  in  English  and  are  able 

to  contribute  to  discussions  and  can  discharge  their 

obligations accordingly.

Shareholder  meetings  are  conducted  bi-lingually,  in 

English and Cantonese.

CONTINUOUS DISCLOSURE
The  Directors  are  committed  to  keeping  the  market 

A copy of the Communications Strategy and Continuous 

Disclosure policy is available on the Company’s website.

COMMUNICATION WITH 
SHAREHOLDERS
COMMUNICATION STRATEGY

The  Board  is  committed  in  providing  clear  and  full 

performance  information  of  the  Group  to  shareholders 

and  have  established  a  communications  strategy, 

a  copy  of  which  can  be  found  on  the  Company’s 

website.  The  strategy  is  designed  to  promote  effective 

c o m m u n i c a t i o n   w i t h   s h a r e h o l d e r s   t h r o u g h o u t 

t h e   y e a r   a n d   e n c o u r a g e   e f f e c t i v e   p a r t i c i p a t i o n 

at  general  meetings.  In  addition  to  the  circulars, 

fully  informed  of  material  developments  to  ensure 

notices  and  financial  reports  sent  to  shareholders, 

compliance  with  the  ASX,  and  the  HK  Listing  Rules.  The 

additional  information  of  the  Group  is  also  available  to 

Directors  have  observed  the  disclosure  requirements 

shareholders on the Company’s website.

of  the  ASX  and  the  HK  Listing  Rules,  and  to  ensure 

accountability  at  a  senior  management  level  for 

As  well  as  ensuring  timely  and  appropriate  access  to 

compliance.  A  copy  of  the  Communications  Strategy 

information  for  all  investors  via  announcements  to  the 

and  Continuous  Disclosure  Policy  can  be  found  on  the 

ASX  and  SEHK,  the  Company  will  also  ensure  that  all 

Company’s website.

relevant  documents  are  released  on  the  website  of 

the  Company  for  the  purpose  of  both  stakeholders 

DISCLOSURE OF INSIDE INFORMATION

and  shareholders.  Copies  of  all  corporate  governance 

T h e   B o a r d   h a s   a   C o m m u n i c a t i o n s   S t r a t e g y   a n d 

policies,  charters  and  terms  of  references  are  available 

Continuous  Disclosure  policy  that  includes  inside 
information  and  the  procedures  and  internal  controls 

on the website of the Company.

for  handling  and  dissemination  of  inside  information. 

ANNUAL GENERAL AND SPECIAL MEETINGS

The  policy  sets  out  guidelines  and  procedures  to  the 

Shareholders  are  encouraged  to  attend  the  AGM  for 

Directors of the Company and executives of the Group 

which  at  least  20  clear  business  days’  notice  is  given. 

to  ensure  inside  information  of  the  Group  is  to  be 

The  Chairman  and  Directors  are  available  to  answer 

disseminated  to  the  public  on  an  equal  basis  and  in  a 

questions  on  the  Group’s  business  at  the  meeting  and 

timely manner.

the  external  auditor  also  attends  and  is  available  to 

answer  questions  from  security  holders  relevant  to  the 

audit.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTIn  accordance  with  the  Bye-Laws  of  the  Company, 

PROCEDURES FOR DIRECTING SHAREHOLDERS’ ENQUIRIES 

a  minimum  of  14  days’  notice  is  required  for  every 

TO THE BOARD

shareholder  meeting  and  all  shareholders  shall  have 

S h a r e h o l d e r s   e n q u i r i e s   c a n   b e   d i r e c t e d   t o 

statutory  rights  to  call  for  special  general  meetings 

inquiry@brockmanmining.com  or  by  writing  to  the 

and  put  forward  agenda  items  for  consideration  in  the 

Company  Secretary’s  office,  whose  contact  details  are 

general meetings. All resolutions at the general meeting 

as follows:

are  decided  by  a  poll  which  is  conducted  by  the 

Group’s  branch  share  register  in  Hong  Kong.  Separate 

Unit  3903B,  Far  East  Finance  Centre,  16  Harcourt  Road, 

resolutions  are  proposed  at  the  general  meetings  for 

Admiralty, Hong Kong.

each  substantial  issue,  including  the  re-election  of 

retiring  Directors.  For  the  year  ended  30  June  2022, 

The enquiries would then be assessed and considered (if 

the  Company  has  reviewed  the  effectiveness  of  the 

appropriate) to put to the Board. Shareholders may also 

communication strategy policy and has concluded that 

make  enquiries  with  the  Board  at  the  general  meetings 

the policy is working effectively.

of the Company.

SHAREHOLDERS RIGHTS
HOW SHAREHOLDERS CAN CONVENE A SPECIAL GENERAL 

MEETING

Subject  to  Section  74  of  the  Companies  Act  1981 

of  Bermuda  (the  “Act”)  and  the  Bye-Law  58  of  the 

Company, the Board may call special general meetings, 

and  members  holding  at  the  date  of  deposit  of  the 

requisition not less than one-tenth of the paid up capital 

of  the  Company  carrying  the  right  of  voting  at  general 

meetings  for  the  Company  shall  at  all  times  have  the 

right, by written requisition to the Board or the Company 

Secretary of the Company, to require a special general 

meeting  to  be  called  by  the  Board  for  the  transaction 

of  any  business  specified  in  such  requisition;  and  such 

meeting  shall  be  held  within  two  months  after  the 

deposit  of  such  requisition.  If  within  21  days  of  such 

deposit  the  Board  fails  to  proceed  to  convene  such 

meeting  the  requisitionists  themselves  may  do  so  in 

PROCEDURES FOR PUTTING FORWARD PROPOSALS AT A 

GENERAL MEETING

Any  number  of  shareholders  representing  not  less  than 

5%  of  the  total  voting  rights  of  the  Company  on  the 

date  of  the  requisition  or  not  less  than  100  shareholders 

of the Company are entitled to put forward a proposal 

for consideration at a general meeting of the Company. 

Shareholders  should  follow  the  procedures  as  set  out  in 

Section 79 of the Act for putting forward such proposals.

PROVISION OF INFORMATION IN RESPECT OF AND BY 

DIRECTORS

U p d a t e d   i n f o r m a t i o n   t o   t h e   c h a n g e   i n   o t h e r 

Directorships  of  the  Directors  of  the  Company  are 

available on our website and in the 2022 Annual Report.

CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS
There  was  no  significant  change  in  the  memorandum 

accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Section  74(3)  of  the 

a n d   a r t i c l e s   o f   a s s o c i a t i o n   a n d   t h e   B y e - L a w s   o f 

Act.

the  Company  during  the  year.  The  memorandum 

and  articles  of  association  and  the  Bye-Laws  of  the 

Company are available on the Company’s website.

35

ANNUAL REPORT 2022DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company has adopted a dividend policy, pursuant 

to  which  the  Company  may  distribute  dividends  to  the 

shareholders of the Company by way of cash or shares. 

Any distribution of dividends shall be in accordance with 

the  Hong  Kong  Laws,  the  bye-laws  of  the  Company, 

the  Bermuda  Companies  Act  1981  (as  amended  from 

time  to  time)  and  any  other  applicable  laws,  rules  and 

regulations.

The  recommendation  of  payment  of  any  dividend  is 

subject to the absolute discretion of the Board, and any 

declaration  of  dividend  will  be  subject  to  the  approval 

of  shareholders.  In  proposing  any  dividend  payout,  the 

Board shall also take into account, inter alia:

• 

T h e   G r o u p ’ s   a c t u a l   a n d   e x p e c t e d   f i n a n c i a l 

• 

• 

performance;

Shareholders’ interests;

Retained  earnings,  distributable  reserves  and 

contributed  surplus  of  the  Company  and  each  of 

the other members of the Group;

• 

Liquidity  position  and  future  commitments  at  the 

time of declaration of dividend;

• 

• 

• 

Taxation considerations;

Statutory and regulatory restrictions;

General business conditions and strategies;

• 

General  economic  conditions,  business  cycle  of 

the Group’s business and other internal or external 

factors  that  may  have  an  impact  on  the  business 

or  financial  performance  and  position  of  the 

Company; and

• 

Other factors that the Board deems appropriate.

The  dividend  policy  will  be  reviewed  from  time  to 

time  and  there  is  no  assurance  that  a  dividend  will  be 

proposed or declared in any specific periods.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
ENHANCEMENT
Enhancing  corporate  governance  is  not  simply  a 

matter  of  applying  and  complying  with  the  Code 

• 

The level of the Group’s debt to equity ratio, return 

Governance  Code  and  ASX  Principles  but  also  about 

on  equity  and  financial  covenants  to  which  the 

promoting  and  developing  an  ethical  and  healthy 

Group is subject to;

corporate  culture.  The  Board  will  continue  to  review 

and,  where  appropriate,  improve  our  current  practices 

• 

• 

Possible effects on the Group’s credit worthiness;

on the basis of our experience, regulatory changes and 

developments.  Any  views  and  suggestions  from  our 

Any  restrictions  on  payment  of  dividends  or  other 

shareholders to promote and improve our transparency 

covenants on the Group’s financial ratios that may 

are also welcome.

be imposed by the Group’s financial creditors;

• 

The Group’s expected working capital requirements 

and future expansion plans;

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTThe  Directors  are  pleased  to  present  the  Environmental,  Social  and  Governance  (“ESG”)  Report  for  the  year  ended  

30 June 2022 in compliance with the applicable code provision of the Environmental, Social and Governance Reporting 

Guide as set out in Appendix 27 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK.

REPORTING SCOPE
With the delay in development of the Marillana Project and no mining activities undertaken during the year, the scope 

of  the  report  covers  all  operations  of  the  Group,  mainly  the  head  office  in  Hong  Kong  and  its  subsidiaries  in  Western 

Australia. The report presents information relevant to the ESG management approach for the financial year from 1 July 

2021 to 30 June 2022 (the “Reporting Period”).

The  ESG  Report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  materiality,  quantitative  approach  and 

consistency  recommended  by  the  Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange.  The  Group’s  performance  is  required  annually  and 

reviewed  by  the  Risk  Management  Committee  and  Board,  details  of  which  are  outlined  in  our  “Internal  Control  and 

Risk  Management”  section  contained  in  the  Corporate  Governance  Statement  included  in  the  Company’s  published 

2022  Annual  Report.  It  is  recommended  that  the  ESG  report  to  be  read  together  with  the  2022  Annual  Report,  in 

particular the Corporate Governance Statement and the Directors’ Report. This ESG report can be accessed from the 

Sustainability section of the Company’s website and on the HKEx’s website.

The compilation of the report follows the principles as suggested by the ESG reporting guidelines:

Materiality 

Opinions  of  stakeholders  were  gathered  from  internal  and  external  stakeholders 

engagement  and  we  have  reviewed  and  determined  the  material  ESG  aspects  to  the 

Group.

Balance 

To  provide  an  unbiased  assessment  of  the  Group  and  report  not  only  the  progress  of 

sustainability development, but also the future plans.

Quantitative 

Quantitative key performance indicators are used to monitor the sustainability progress and 

results of target implementation.

Consistency 

Unless otherwise stated, the ESG report adopted consistent methodology.

37

ANNUAL REPORT 2022ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL ANDGOVERNANCE REPORTSTAKEHOLDERS ENGAGEMENT AND MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT
Amongst various environmental and social issues based on the ESG Reporting Guide within the scope of sustainability, 

the  following  is  the  list  of  issues  that  are  considered  to  be  material  and  relevant  to  the  Group.  The  Group  defines 

material  stakeholder  groups  as  those  who  have  frequent  connections,  significant  financial  and  operational  influence 

and form a long term and strategic relationship with the Group. Aspects and KPIs relevant to this report’s disclosure are 

set out as follows:

Stakeholders

Material issues

KPI

Engagement channels

Investors and shareholders

Business operations

General disclosure

Financial reports and 

announcements

Regulators

Compliance with laws and 

General disclosure on 

On-going compliance 

regulations

aspects A1, B1, B2, B4, B6, 

review

B7

Disclosure

Shareholder meetings

Environmental

Aspects A1-A4 and 

On-going communications

relevant KPIs

Anti-corruption

KPI B7.1-3

Training for directors and 

Labour standards

KPI B4.1-2

management

Yearly review and 

monitoring of latest 

regulatory updates

Product Responsibility

General disclosure

Framework of product 

Suppliers

Supply chain management

KPI B5.1-4

quality assurance will be 

developed prior to the 

delivery of first ore

Review of suppliers and 

procurement procedures

Employees

Remuneration and labour 

KPI B1.1-2

Yearly review

standards

Training and development

KPI B3.1-2

Training for directors and 

management

Occupational health & 

KPI B2.1-3

safety

Community

Charity work

KPI B8.1-2

Support charity 

organisations

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL ANDGOVERNANCE REPORTStatement of the Board of Directors

The Board retains the overall responsibility for the Group’s ESG management and is committed to operating in a manner 

that  contributes  to  the  sustainable  development  of  mineral  resources  through  efficient,  balanced  protection  of  the 

environment while demonstrating consideration for the wellbeing of our people. The Group is focused on the need to 

work closely with the local communities and the importance of earning the respect and support of the communities.

The  Group  recognises  its  responsibility  for  minimising  the  impact  of  its  activities  on,  and  protecting,  the  environment. 

The  Group  is  committed  to  developing  and  implementing  practices  in  environmental  design  and  management  and 

actively operates to:

• 

• 

• 

Work within the legal frameworks,

Identify, monitor, measure, evaluate and minimise our impact on the environment,

Give  environmental  aspects  due  consideration  in  all  phases  of  the  Group’s  projects,  from  exploration  to 

development, eventual operation and final closure, and

• 

Act systematically to improve the planning, execution and monitoring of its environmental performance.

Looking  forward  to  the  future,  the  Board  will  also  perform  timely  review  of  the  Group’s  strategic  planning  and 

performance. The Board also sets out ESG goals and targets based on relevant KPIs and reviews the results on a yearly 

basis.  We  strive  to  provide  a  supportive  environment  and  incorporate  ESG  initiatives  into  our  strategy  to  reduce  the 

Group’s carbon footprint.

39

ANNUAL REPORT 2022A.  ENVIRONMENTAL

A.1  EMISSIONS

During  the  year,  the  Group  was  at  minimal 

spend and retained office space to continue 

the advancement of the joint operation with 

MinRes.

Mining  development  is  yet  to  commence 

a n d   m a n a g e m e n t   c o n s i d e r s   t h a t   t h e 

emissions  and  waste  generated  by  any 

e x p l o r a t i o n   a c t i v i t y   w o u l d   h a v e   a n 

insignificant impact on the environment due 

to  the  minimal  activities  undertaken.  Hence, 

there  are  no  relevant  laws  and  regulations 

applicable to these activities.

Greenhouse Gas emissions (“GHG Emissions”) 

f o r   t h e   r e p o r t i n g   p e r i o d   a r e   m a i n l y 

generated  from  general  direct  electricity 

consumption  for  office  use  and  indirect 

emissions  resulted  from  business  trips.  During 

t h e   y e a r ,   d u e   t o   t h e   c o n t i n u e d   g l o b a l 

pandemic,  business  travel  was  minimised. 

Going  forward,  business  travel  and  physical 

management  meetings  will  be  minimised 

and be substituted with online meetings.

Relevant KPls are as shown below:

Target of net decrease

2022

2021

i) Purchased electricity consumption Met

ii) GHG intensity (by floor area)

Met

iii) Scope 1 GHG Emissions

Not applicable

iv) Scope 2 GHG Emissions

Met

v) Scope 3 GHG Emissions

Not applicable

18,770 kWh

22,527 kWh

75.35 kg CO2-e/m2
Not applicable

132.05 kg CO2-e/m2
Not applicable

11,049.84 kg CO2
Not applicable

18,082.29 kg CO2
Not applicable

Note:

Scope 1 emissions come from direct GHG emissions 

from  combustion  of  fuels  in  stationary  or  mobile 

s o u r c e s   ( e x c l u d i n g   e l e c t r i c a l   e q u i p m e n t )   t o 

generate  electricity,  which  is  not  applicable  in  our 

case as our development and production activities 

have yet to commence.

S c o p e   2   e m i s s i o n s   c o m e   f r o m   i n d i r e c t   G H G 

e m i s s i o n s   f r o m   t h e   g e n e r a t i o n   o f   p u r c h a s e d 

electricity.

Scope  3  emissions  include  other  indirect  GHG 

emissions  that  occur  outside  the  Company  such 

as  emissions  from  business  travel  of  employees 

and  paper  waste  disposed  of  at  landfill,  upstream 

T h e   s c o p e   d u r i n g   t h e   r e p o r t i n g   p e r i o d 
covered a gross floor area of 249.1m2.

The  Group  continues  to  operate  at  minimal 

s p e n d   a n d   t a r g e t s   a   n e t   d e c r e a s e   i n 

emissions prior to the commencement of any 

future  developmental  activities.  Due  to  the 

very  low  emissions  of  the  Group  based  on 

current  activities,  actual  emissions  are  not 

currently  measured  or  quantified.  Emissions 

w i l l   b e   m e a s u r e d   o n c e   d e v e l o p m e n t 

activities have commenced.

The  Company  has  met  its  net  decrease 

in  emission  target  for  the  year,  and  has 

implemented  the  following  measures  to 

reduce  our  emissions  in  relation  to  office 

and  downstream  emissions  from  the  supply  chain 

activities:

etc.,  which  is  not  significant  to  the  Group  as  our 

development  and  production  activities  have  not 

• 

Reduction of unnecessary business trips 

commenced.

* 

Emissions  for  Nitrogen  Oxides  (NOx),  Sulphur 

and  board  meetings  organised  via 

electronic communications.

Oxides  (SOx)  and  Respirable  suspended 

• 

Encouraged  employees  to  switch  off 

particulars  (RSP)  are  not  disclosed  as  the 

lights and air conditioning.

amount is insignificant.

• 

Procure only electrical appliances with 

“Grade1” or equivalent energy labels if 

needed to increase energy efficiency.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL ANDGOVERNANCE REPORTDuring  the  reporting  period,  the  Company 

Our  offices  are  required  to  maintain  in-door 

i n c u r r e d   n o   u n n e c e s s a r y   b u s i n e s s   t r i p s 

temperature  at  24  degree  Celsius  to  ensure 

(domestic  and  overseas)  and  all  board 

efficient use of air conditioning.

meetings  were  conducted  via  electronic 

communications.

As  stated  in  the  above  paragraph,  the 

Group targets to maintain a net decrease in 

During  the  reporting  period,  no  material 

emissions  for  the  upcoming  year.  Purchased 

hazardous  or  non-hazardous  waste  was 

electricity  contributes  to  the  majority  of  our 

generated  as  our  operations  are  office 

emissions; hence a target of net decrease in 

based in nature. Waste generated comprises 

yearly energy consumption is set.

p r i n t e r   t o n e r   c a r t r i d g e s ,   b a t t e r i e s   a n d 

obsolete  computer  and  printing  equipment. 

The  Group  promotes  initiatives  to  mitigate 

T h e s e   w e r e   p r o p e r l y   d i s p o s e d   o f   a n d 

e n v i r o n m e n t a l   i m p a c t s   b y   c h o o s i n g 

recycled.  Non-hazardous  waste  such  as 

energy-efficient  products  by  comparing 

general  domestic  refuse  and  printing  paper 

Energy  Labels  issued  by  the  Electrical  and 

from  office  operations  were  considered 

Mechanical  Services  Department  (EMSD)/

minimal. A further detailed reporting on mine 

Energy Rating Labels issued by the Australian 

waste  will  be  available  when  development 

Federal  Government.  As  waste  electrical 

activities have commenced.

A.2  USE OF RESOURCES

and  electronic  equipment  (WEEE)  poses 

severe  harm  to  the  environment,  the  Group 

encourages  all  employees  to  use  the  WEEE 

The  Group  is  committed  to  promoting  an 

donation or recycling programs.

environmentally conscious work environment 

and  has  focused  on  measures  to  minimise 

All employees are responsible and accountable 

waste  and  electricity  consumption,  initiate 

for operating in an environmentally responsible 

paper and cartridge recycling and promote 

manner.

electronic communications and storage. We 

promote  recycling  of  office  equipment  and 

The  total  purchased  electricity  for  the  year 

reduce domestic waste as much as possible.

ended  to  18,770kWh  and  the  electricity 

usage  intensity  by  floor  area  amounted  to 

To reduce consumption of paper, the Group 

approximately 75.35kWh/m².

prefers using electronic means to disseminate 

information  via  electronic  devices  and 

The  Group’s  existing  business  operation 

electronic communication systems.

d o e s   n o t   r e q u i r e   a n y   s i g n i f i c a n t   w a t e r 

c o n s u m p t i o n ,   w a t e r   u s a g e   a n d   a n y 

We  encourage  our  office  employees  to 

c o n s u m p t i o n   r e l a t e s   t o   d r i n k i n g   w a t e r 

switch  off  idle  lights,  air  conditioners  and 

(including bottled water).

other  office  equipment,  and  we  remind  our 

employees  to  print  and  photocopy  on  both 

T h e r e   i s   n o   a p p l i c a b l e   d a t a   o f   w a t e r 

sides  of  paper  if  printing  is  unavoidable. 

consumption  because  it  is  not  feasible  to 

We  also  encourage  our  employees  to  bring 

obtain water withdrawal and discharge data 

t h e i r   o w n   l u n c h   a n d   r e d u c e   p u r c h a s e 

as  an  individual  occupant  of  commercial 

of  takeaway  and  beverages  and  hence 

office leases for the Hong Kong and Australia 

reduce the use of plastic disposable utensils. 

offices  were  water  supply  and  discharge 

The  Group  encourages  its  employees  to 

are  not  billed  separately  by  the  respective 

choose  public  transportation  and  carpool 

building  management.  Although  data  on 

to  reduce  car  driving  and  thus  the  impact 

water usage was not quantifiable, the Group 

on  the  environment  and  transportation. 

maintains  best  endeavours  to  conserve  the 

The  Group  does  not  own  any  vehicles  and 

environment  by  requiring  our  employees  to 

we  therefore  do  not  directly  produce  any 

report  immediately  damage  to  any  water 

greenhouse  and  hazardous  gases  from  cars 

facilities and prompt water awareness.

used.

41

ANNUAL REPORT 2022There  is  no  issue  in  sourcing  water  that  is  fit 

Brockman  has  previously  engaged  Ecologia 

for  purpose  whereas  the  Group  considers  its 

E n v i r o n m e n t   ( E c o l o g i a )   t o   p r e p a r e   t h e 

water consumption level is reasonable at the 

Prel i minary   Docu mentati on  req uired   t o 

current operation level. The Group targets to 

assess  the  project  under  the  Environmental 

have a net decrease in water and electricity 

Protection  and  Biodiversity  Conservation 

consumption  next  year  by  implementing  the 

Act  1999  (Cth).  Most  key  environmental 

measures as discussed above.

a p p r o v a l s   a r e   i n   p l a c e   a n d   w e   s h a l l 

adhere  to  our  proposed  plan  in  the  event 

Due  to  the  nature  of  the  business,  there  is 

o f   c o m m e n c e m e n t   o f   e a r l y   w o r k s .   W e 

no  applicable  data  of  packaging  material 

endeavour  to  mitigate  any  environmental 

as our operation does not involve the use of 

d i s t u r b a n c e   a n d   a p p l y   o u r   m o n i t o r i n g 

any packaging material.

schedule when the project commercialises.

A.3 

THE ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES

Prior  to  the  commencement  of  our  mine 

T h e   C o m p a n y   i s   c o m m i t t e d   t o   t h e 

development,  environmental  approvals  for 

principles  of  being  a  good  corporate  and 

mining  or  exploration  activities  are  required 

environmental  citizen,  and  takes  careful 

to be sought in accordance with the Mining 

c o n s i d e r a t i o n   o f   e n v i r o n m e n t a l ,   s o c i a l 

Act  1978  and  the  following  approvals  are 

responsibility  and  sustainability  issues  when 

r e q u i r e d   b y   t h e   D e p a r t m e n t   o f   M i n e s , 

choosing  its  vendors.  The  Group  aims  to 

Industry Regulation and Safety (DMIRS):

minimise  its  environmental  footprint  and 

its  disturbance  to  natural  resources.  We 

1. 

Programme  of  work  –  submission  has 

anticipate  that  fines  residue  storage  and 

waste  rock  management,  water  use  and 

discharge,  and  land  management  and 

rehabilitation  would  be  the  most  important 

areas of concern once in production and the 

t o   i n c l u d e   d e t a i l s   o f   m e c h a n i s e d 

equipment  and  potential  disruption 

to  the  ground  during  exploration  or 

prospecting for minerals.

Group  shall  closely  monitor  these  aspects, 

2.  M i n i n g   p r o p o s a l s   –   d e t a i l s   o f   t h e 

in  compliance  with  its  regulatory  approvals 

obtained with key State and Commonwealth 

Governments  that  have  been  received 

for  the  Marillana  project.  Each  year,  the 

proposed  mining  operation  or  any 

changes to be incurred are required to 

be disclosed.

Company undertakes an annual compliance 

3.  Mine closure plans – such plan must be 

review  and  provides  a  report  to  the  Office 

of  Environmental  Protection  Authority  to 

declare its compliance status as required.

Brockman  is  proposing  to  clear  up  to  3,785 

included  together  with  any  submission 

o n   m i n i n g   p r o p o s a l s ,   c o v e r i n g   a l l 

aspects  of  mine  decommissioning  and 

rehabilitation.

ha  of  vegetation  to  mine  and  transport  ore 

A  number  of  management  plans  are  in 

to  Port  Hedland  by  a  land  infrastructure 

place to provide a framework for the Group 

s o l u t i o n .   A f t e r   r e h a b i l i t a t i o n ,   t h e   l o n g -

to  effectively  manage  its  environmental 

term  cleared  footprint  will  be  around  60  ha 

impact  and  responsibilities.  The  plans  are 

which  represents  the  final  open  pit  void.  All 

reviewed regularly and include the following:

other  disturbances  will  be  rehabilitated  to 

the  satisfaction  of  the  Western  Australian 

Environmental  Protection  Authority  (EPA), 

Dep artment  of  Environment  and  Water 

(DEW)  and  Department  of  Mines,  Industry, 

Resources and Safety (DMIRS).

• 

• 

• 

Safety management plans,

Waste management plans, and

Environmental monitoring plans.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL ANDGOVERNANCE REPORTThe  principal  environmental  incidents  that 

A.4  CLIMATE CHANGE

could  potentially  occur  at  the  Group’s 

Significant  changes  in  the  pattern  of  rainfall 

exploration  sites  include  hydrocarbon  spills; 

o v e r   W e s t e r n   A u s t r a l i a   h a v e   o c c u r r e d 

the  destruction  of  local  wildlife  habitats; 

over  the  past  40  years.  Most  of  the  state, 

water  substance  levels  exceeding  permits 

especially  the  northwest,  has  experienced 

limits;  and  other  incidents  that  negatively 

a  trend  towards  a  wetter  climate.  This  poses 

impact  the  environment.  Any  environment 

a  certain  risk  for  the  mining  industry.  The 

i n c i d e n t s   a r e   r e p o r t e d ,   i n v e s t i g a t e d , 

southwestern  part  of  the  state  has  become 

remedied  and  monitored  by  the  Group 

drier,  with  a  15%  reduction  in  rainfall  since 

and,  where  appropriate,  reported  to  the 

the mid-1970s.

responsible authorities.

Environmental compliance

Waste  rock  and  tailings  that  are  created 

during  the  mining  and  ore  refining  process 

E n s u r i n g   e n v i r o n m e n t a l   c o m p l i a n c e   i s 

can  release  toxins  into  the  environment  if 

integral to the Group’s operations. The Group 

not  stored  or  disposed  of  properly.  In  many 

implements  environmental  management 

cases,  waste  rock  and  tailings  are  left  out 

s y s t e m s   a n d   p r a c t i c e s ,   f r o m   w h i c h   w e 

in  the  open  where  they  are  exposed,  and 

assess  and  identify  potential  environmental 

toxins  can  be  washed  into  water  systems 

risks;  conduct;  monitoring;  and  report  the 

by  rainfall,  or  can  leach  into  the  soil.  To 

performance  results  to  mitigate  the  impact 

mitigate  such  risk,  a  detailed  mine  plan 

of  our  operations  on  the  environment.  The 

with  enhanced  tailings  and  erosion  control 

Group  strives  to  promote  the  efficient  use 

structure  will  serve  as  part  of  the  mine’s 

of  resources  and  reduction  and  prevention 

water management plan.

of  pollution.  As  a  responsible  Group  we 

seek  to  meet,  and  where  possible  exceed, 

The  most  likely  source  of  impact  to  the 

the  regulatory  requirements  governing  our 

surface  water  environment  from  discharge 

environmental  performance.  The  Group 

is  from  unplanned  flooding  or  spillages  at 

complies  with  all  applicable  environmental 

the  sewage  treatment  facility.  However, 

laws,  regulations,  and  standards.  The  main 

safeguards  are  in  place  to  minimise  this  risk, 

laws  are  set  out  in  the  Mining  Act  1978  and 

including:

other  relevant  environmental  regulations 

such  as  the  Environmental  Protection  Act 

• 

Alarms  and  flashing  beacons  to  warn 

1986,  the  Environmental  Protection  and 

Biodiversity  Conservation  Act  1999,  the 

Environmental Protection (Clearing of Native 

of  failure  of  mechanical  components 

(pump and blower);

Vegetation)  Regulations  2004,  the  Rights  in 

• 

Alarms  to  warn  of  high  water  levels  in 

Water and Irrigation Act 1914 and the Native 

the  balance  tank  or  irrigation  tanks; 

Title Act 1993.

and

I n   t h e   y e a r   e n d e d   3 0   J u n e   2 0 2 2 ,   t h e r e 

• 

An  emergency  overflow  between  the 

were  no  environmental  permit  or  approvals 

breaches.  All  approval  and  permit  levels 

were complied.

balance  tank  and  the  waste  water 

treatment plant.

I n   a d d i t i o n ,   f l o o d   p r o t e c t i o n   w i l l   b e 

implemented,  to  ensure  floodwaters  do  not 

adversely impact waste water facilities.

43

ANNUAL REPORT 2022B.  SOCIAL
B.1 

EMPLOYMENT AND LABOUR PRACTICES

EMPLOYMENT

T h e   G r o u p ’ s   e m p l o y m e n t   p o l i c i e s   a r e 

documented in its Code of Conduct (Code), 

w h i c h   p r o v i d e s   c l e a r   g u i d a n c e   o n   t h e 

conduct  and  behaviour  of  all  employees, 

including the Board and senior management. 

The  Code  is  designed  to  encourage  and 

foster  a  culture  of  integrity  and  responsibility 

with  the  focus  on  strengthening  the  Group’s 

r e p u t a t i o n   a s   a   v a l u e d   e m p l o y e r ,   j o i n t 

o p e r a t o r   p a r t n e r ,   a n d   g o o d   c o r p o r a t e 

citizen.  Specifically,  the  Code  provides 

guidance on the following aspects:

• 

Compliance to applicable governmental 

laws, rules and regulations,

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Conflicts of interest,

Fair dealing,

Knowledge  and  information  security 

(including  handling  of  confidential 

information  and  disclose  and  securities 

trading),

Health, safety and environment,

Employment practices, and

Whistleblowing and misconduct reporting.

Recruitment

The  Group  recognises,  and  endeavours  to 

protect,  the  rights  of  its  employees  and  is 

committed  to  providing  equal  opportunities. 
The  Group  engages  in  transparent  and  fair 

recruitment  practices  and  fair  remuneration 

and  disciplinary  decisions  without  regard 

to  gender,  age,  or  ethnic  background.  All 

employees  have  entered  into  a  written 

e m p l o y m e n t   c o n t r a c t   t h a t   o u t l i n e s 

conditions  of  employment  which  includes 

job  title,  job  duties,  working  hours,  holidays, 

remuneration,  termination  process  and 

benefits agreed by both parties.

Promotion, compensation and dismissal

We  motivate  employees  by  promotion  and 

salary increments based on results of regular 

performance  appraisals.  Staff  dismissal 

is  based  on  the  Hong  Kong  Employment 

O r d i n a n c e   o r   r e l e v a n t   l o c a l   l a w s   a n d 

regulations,  as  well  as  the  requirements 

stipulated  in  the  employment  contracts. 

Apart  from  offering  employees’  competitive 

salary  packages,  the  Group  also  provides 

annual bonuses and employee share options 

to  eligible  employees  as  incentives  to  retain 

our staff.

Working hours, rest periods and benefits

A   f i v e - d a y   w o r k   w e e k   a r r a n g e m e n t   i s 

adopted  to  facilitate  work-life  balance. 

In  addition  to  all  rest  days  and  statutory 

holidays  as  specified  in  local  laws  and 

regulations,  employees  are  entitled  to  paid 

annual,  maternity,  paternity,  marriage  and 

compassionate  leave.  Employees  are  also 

entitled to benefits such as medical benefits, 

MPF scheme contributions and other benefits 

subject  to  the  Group’s  human  resources 

management policy.

Equal opportunity, diversity and anti-

discrimination

A l l   D i r e c t o r s ,   s e n i o r   m a n a g e m e n t   a n d 

employees of the Company are expected to 

conduct themselves with integrity, openness, 

honesty and fairness, and in the best interests 

of the Company. The Group invests time and 

resources  to  fulfil  its  obligations  under  the 

respective  laws  of  Hong  Kong  and  Western 

Australia.  The  Group  has  a  Whistleblower 

Policy  that  enables  an  employee  to  raise 

concerns  about  practices  and  procedures 

in  their  workplace.  It  enables  employees  to 

report  concerns  of  fraud,  illegal,  immoral, 

i l l e g i t i m a t e   p r a c t i c e s ,   m i s c o n d u c t ,   o r 

malpractice in a way that will not be seen as 

being disloyal to colleagues.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL ANDGOVERNANCE REPORTDuring  the  reporting  period  the  Group  had 

The  Company’s  recognition  of  the  benefits 

not  received  any  substantiated  complaint 

of  diversity  where  people  from  different 

from  any  individual  or  authority,  nor  has 

g e n d e r ,   a g e ,   e t h n i c i t y   a n d   c u l t u r a l 

it  paid  or  was  liable  to  pay  any  penalty 

backgrounds  can  bring  fresh  ideas  and 

because  of  any  employment  breach.  The 

perceptions  which  make  the  workplace 

Group is committed to responsible corporate 

more  efficient  is  reinforced  in  the  Diversity 

governance,  including  the  implementation 

P o l i c y ,   a   c o p y   o f   w h i c h   i s   a v a i l a b l e   i n 

of  measures  to  encourage  employees  and 

the  corporate  governance  section  of  the 

representatives  of  the  Group  to  identify  and 

Company’s  website.  This  policy  outlines 

report  in  good  faith  any  concerns  relating 

specific  diversity  initiatives  designed  to 

to serious misconduct which is, or potentially 

facilitate  equal  employment  opportunities 

could be:

and requires the Company to set out specific 

diversity  initiatives  and  targets  with  the  aim 

• 

A  criminal  offence  (including  theft, 

of reporting the progress towards the metrics 

drug  use/sale,  violence  or  threatened 

in the annual report.

v i o l e n c e   a n d   c r i m i n a l   d a m a g e   t o 

property),

These key metrics include:

A breach of a legal obligation,

• 

P r o p o r t i o n   o f   w o m e n   a p p o i n t e d 

a s   N o n - E x e c u t i v e   D i r e c t o r s   o f   t h e 

Dishonest, fraudulent, or corrupt,

Company;

• 

• 

• 

A   s e r i o u s   r i s k   t o   t h e   h e a l t h   o f   a n 

individual,  the  general  public,  the 

environment or the financial system,

• 

B r e a c h   o f   t h e   G r o u p ’ s   C o d e   o f 

Conduct or other policies, or

• 

Designed  to  conceal  business  records 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Proportion of women in the workplace;

Proportion of women in senior management;

Parental leave return rates; and

Employee turnover.

or other evidence related to any of the 

The  following  metrics  shows  the  comparison 

factors above.

to  historical  data.  The  historical  data  is  as 

follows:

Proportion of women appointed as Non-Executive Directors

Proportion of women in the workplace

Proportion of women in senior management

Parental leave return rates

Employee turnover

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

0

13%

7%

N/A

0%

0

15%

8%

N/A

0%

0

15%

8%

N/A

0%

0

15%

8%

100%

15%

0

18%

38%

N/A

53%

T h e   B o a r d   i s   c o n t i n u a l l y   l o o k i n g   t o 

O u r   h u m a n   r e s o u r c e s   f u n c t i o n   e n s u r e s 

achieve  diversity  and  will  endeavour  to 

that  the  Company  is  free  from  any  form 

a p p o i n t   i n d i v i d u a l s   w h o   w i l l   p r o v i d e   a 

of  discrimination  on  the  grounds  of  age, 

mix  of  experience,  perspective  and  skills 

gender,  religion,  marital  status,  family  status, 

appropriate  for  the  Company,  including 
appropriate  technical  and  commercial  skills 

relevant to the mining industry.

s e x u a l   o r i e n t a t i o n ,   d i s a b i l i t y ,   r a c e   a n d 
nationality.  We  are  committed  to  creating 

a  culture  of  equality,  respect,  diversity  and 

mutual support.

45

ANNUAL REPORT 2022In  Hong  Kong,  the  Group’s  employment 

During  the  year,  the  Group  was  not  aware 

regulations are governed by the Employment 

of  any  material  breaches  of  the  relevant 

Ordinance,  the  Minimum  Wage  Ordinance, 

laws  and  regulations  relating  to  the  Group’s 

as  well  as  the  Employees’  Compensation 

compensation and dismissal, recruitment and 

Ordinance  and  Mandatory  Provident  Fund 

promotion, working hours, rest periods, equal 

Scheme  Ordinance.  In  Australia,  The  Fair 

opportunity, diversity, anti-discrimination and 

Work  Act  2009  (Cth)  (the  “FW  Act”)  governs 

other benefits and welfare.

the employment of the majority of Australian 

employees,  supplemented  by  other  federal, 

Further  to  the  above  statement,  during  the 

state  and  territory  legislative  instruments 

year,  there  were  no  fines  or  sanctions  were 

pertaining to areas such as work, health and 

imposed  on  us  due  to  non-compliance  with 

safety and non-discrimination.

the relevant laws and regulations.

Performance Data Summary

Workforce demographics:

TOTAL WORKFORCE

By nature of work

Corporate directors

Corporate Services

Project Development

Exploration

Total

By gender

Male

Female

By employee category

Directors (Executive)

Directors (Non-Executive)

Management

By age group

31-50

50+

15

Australia

Hong Kong

3

1

–

1

5

4

1

1

2

2

1

4

6

3

1

–

10

9

1

2

4

4

6

4

EMPLOYEE TURNOVER RATE ANALYSIS

Australia

Hong Kong

By geographical location

By gender

By age group

0%

Male

0%

31-50

0%

0%

Female

0%

50+

0%

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL ANDGOVERNANCE REPORTB.2  HEALTH AND SAFETY

The  Group  shall  observe  our  Operational 

T h e   C o m p a n y   i s   c o m m i t t e d   t o   t h e 

Health  and  Safety  (OHS)  Policy  for  all  our 

d e v e l o p m e n t   o f   a   s u s t a i n a b l e   i r o n   o r e 

activities  and  our  Company’s  health  and 

business  in  Western  Australia  that  benefits  its 

safety objectives are summarised as follows:

employees,  contractors,  suppliers,  partners 

and the community.

We  will  achieve  this  through  the  effective 

implementation and proactive management 

• 

A c h i e v e   “ Z e r o   H a r m ”   t o   p e o p l e , 

the  community  and  the  workplace 

environment;

o f   o u r   c o m m i t m e n t s   a n d   o b l i g a t i o n s 

• 

S u p p o r t ,   e n c o u r a g e   a n d   p r o m o t e 

t o   w o r k p l a c e   h e a l t h   a n d   s a f e t y ,   t h e 

environment  and  to  the  communities  in 

which we operate.

efforts  to  achieve  industry-leading 

o c c u p a t i o n a l   h e a l t h   a n d   s a f e t y 

performance;

To operate an effective and sustainable iron 

• 

Eliminate  or  manage  circumstances 

ore business, the Company will:

• 

Focus on the elimination and management 

which  may  lead  to  injury,  property 

damage and business interruption; and

of workplace hazards and risks.

• 

Achieve health and safety performance 

consistent with the OHS Policy.

• 

Act  ethically  and  responsibly  in  all  its 

interactions.

B r o c k m a n   w i l l   e m p l o y   t h e   f o l l o w i n g 

principles:

• 

Promote  a  culture  which  focuses  its 

e m p l o y e e s ,   c o n t r a c t o r s ,   s u p p l i e r s 

• 

Everyone  has  a  responsibility  for  health 

and  partners  in  workplace  health  and 

safety  as  the  responsibility  of  all  those 

and safety.

who work in its business.

• 

Hazards  should  be  identified  and  their 

• 

Provide  a  workplace  free  from  bullying 

or  discrimination  and  offering  equal 

opportunity to all employees.

• 

Work  actively  through  all  areas  of  its 

business  to  minimise  the  actual  and 

potential  environmental  impact  of  the 

• 

• 

risks eliminated or controlled.

Every task can be done safely.

Health  and  safety  standards  will  not 

b e   l i m i t e d   t o   o n l y   m i n i m u m   l e g a l 

requirements.

Company’s activities.

These objectives will be achieved by:

• 

Respect  the  rights  of  the  traditional 

• 

Providing  employees  and  contractors 

o w n e r s   a n d   v a l u e   t h e   i n d i g e n o u s 

cultural  heritage  associated  with  its 

operations.

with the necessary responsibility training 

and resources to assist them to perform 

their tasks safely and effectively;

We  will  implement  systems  and  ensure  that 

• 

Establishing and enforcing accountabilities 

resources  are  allocated  to  implement  and 

monitor  these  commitments  and  its  legal 

obligations. Our employees, contractors and 

partners  will  be  updated  on  the  Company’s 

for employees and contractors regarding 

health and safety policy, objectives and 

performance;

progress towards these goals. The policy and 

• 

Complying  with  all  applicable  laws, 

the  system  that  support  it  will  be  routinely 

measured  to  ensure  the  delivery  of  our 

commitments  and  system  improvements 

made where the need arises.

regulations and statutory obligations;

47

ANNUAL REPORT 2022• 

Demonstrating  effective  leadership 

• 

Increased  inventory  of  hand  sanitiser 

a n d   m a n a g e m e n t   o f   h e a l t h   a n d 

safety  through  risk  assessment  and  the 

and hygiene supplies,

development  and  implementation 

• 

I n c r e a s e d   f o c u s   o n   c l e a n i n g   a n d 

of  safe  operational  procedures  and 

communication  in  health  and  safety 

sanitation,

issues.

• 

Avoid business travel unless necessary.

During  the  reporting  period,  the  Group  had 

B.3  DEVELOPMENT AND TRAINING

no work-related fatality and injury resulting in 

Employees  are  the  most  important  asset 

lost days and in each of the past three years 

of  the  Company  and  are  the  guarantee 

(2021:  Nil)  and  the  Group  was  not  aware 

o f   s u c c e s s f u l   b u s i n e s s ,   t h e r e f o r e ,   t h e 

of  any  material  breaches  of  the  relevant 

Company  is  eager  to  provide  them  with 

laws  and  regulations  relating  to  the  Group 

relevant  training  and  encourage  them  to 

providing  a  safe  working  environment  and 

fully  utilise  their  potential.  We  subsidise  our 

protecting  employees  from  occupational 

employees  for  their  continuing  education, 

hazards.

COVID-19 Pandemic

and  encourage  employees  to  participate  in 

various  workshops  and  seminars  according 

to  their  respective  areas  of  interest  and  job 

T h e   C O V I D - 1 9   p a n d e m i c   h a s   h a d 

description.

a   s i g n i f i c a n t   i m p a c t   o n   i n d i v i d u a l s , 

communities,  and  business  globally.  The 

Types of training to include:

G r o u p ’ s   C O V I D - 1 9   r e s p o n s e   p r o t o c o l s 

reinforce,  and  operate  concurrently  with, 

public health advice. They include:

Social distancing protocols,

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Compliance and regulatory;

Job specific training;

Comprehensive  safety  induction  for  all 

Flexible  and  remote  working  plans  for 

newly hired employees;

employees,

During  the  reporting  period  the  percentage 

of  trained  employees  and  average  hours  of 

training received:

Percentage of trained 

Average hours of training 

employees

received during the year

60%

40%

87%

13%

183

27

194

16

By employment type:

Directors

Senior management

By gender:

Male

Female

B.4 

LABOUR STANDARDS

Prior  to  on-boarding  of  any  new  employees, 

All  our  labour-related  policies  and  practices 

t h o r o u g h   b a c k g r o u n d   c h e c k s   a r e 

comply  with  the  Employment  Ordinance, 
and relevant local labour laws in Hong Kong 

conducted  to  ensure  the  candidate  is  fit 
and  proper  for  the  role.  If  any  candidates 

and Australia. Furthermore, the Group strictly 

were  found  to  be  child  labourers,  their 

prohibits the employment of child labour and 

employment contract would be immediately 

forced labour, and complies with all relevant 

terminated.

laws and regulations.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL ANDGOVERNANCE REPORTDuring  the  year,  we  did  not  employ  child 

The Group has established sound procurement 

labour  or  forced  labour  and  did  not  receive 

procedures  and  requirement  for  vendors. 

any  complaints  or  reporting  of  child  labour 

Upon selection of new vendors, the Group will 

or forced labour.

B.5 

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

evaluate the vendors’ performance, reliability 

and  pricing,  but  also  the  environmental 

attributes  such  as  impact  to  the  environment 

T h e   G r o u p   i s   c o m m i t t e d   t o   u p h o l d i n g 

and energy saving functionalities. As part of our 

human  rights  and  respect  cultures,  customs, 

internal  control  on  procurement  procedures, 

and  values  in  all  dealings  with  people, 

at least 2 quotations will be obtained for each 

places,  and  companies  involved  in  our 

procurement engagement. Also, consideration 

activities.  The  Group  strives  to  implement 

of  previous  performance  of  the  vendor,  in 

environmentally  and  socially  responsible 

terms  of  creditability  and  compliance  with 

supply  chain  practices  by  working  closely 

local  regulations  are  determining  factors  for 

with all stakeholders including suppliers, local 

supplier  selection.  Sustainable,  fair-trade  and 

community, and the respective authorities.

environmentally friendly products are preferred 

and  procurement  decisions  are  not  solely 

based on price.

During the reporting period, the number of suppliers by geographical breakdown is as follows:

By geographical region

Number of suppliers

Hong Kong

Australia

Total

15

42

57

The Group engages external parties in its day-

B.6  PRODUCT RESPONSIBILITY

to-day  operations  including  environment, 

The Company will ensure all required documentation 

process  consultants,  laboratories  services, 

will be implemented prior to shipment of iron ore. 

drilling  services  and  professional  services. 

Sinter testwork conducted has provided positive 

To  assist  in  maintaining  a  transparent  supply 

results and confirmation of our product quality and 

chain,  the  Group  only  procures  goods  and 

the Group will strive to maintain the product’s quality 

services  from  suppliers  and  contractors 

upon future delivery of ore.

whose  trade,  employment  practices  and 

company  values  are  aligned  to  the  Group. 

Given that production has yet to commence, 

Independent  internal  control  consultants 
are  engaged  yearly  to  perform  reviews  on 

no  complaints  from  customers  nor  product 
recalls  have  been  received  for  the  reporting 

whether  internal  control  processes  are  being 

p e r i o d .   Q u a l i t y   a s s u r a n c e   a n d   r e c a l l 

observed. Sample checks on the procurement 

procedures  will  be  duly  implemented  upon 

cycle  are  performed  and  findings,  together 

future delivery of iron ore products.

with  other  internal  control  related  issues  are 

compiled into a report tabled to the Board for 

review.  Compliance  is  actively  monitored  by 

procurement  that  identifies  and  reports  any 

issues  to  the  senior  management  team  via 

regularly  meetings.  Any  necessary  action  will 

be dealt with in a timely manner.

49

ANNUAL REPORT 2022The  Company  upholds  the  confidentiality 

Training  and  circulation  of  news  from  the 

r e g a r d i n g   c u s t o m e r s ’ ,   p r o s p e c t i v e 

Independent Commission Against Corruption 

c u s t o m e r s ’   o r   b u s i n e s s   c o u n t e r p a r t s ’ 

( I C A C )   h a s   a l s o   b e e n   p r o v i d e d   f o r 

information.  Confidentiality  agreements 

employees  and  directors  to  discourage  any 

are  put  in  place  to  protect  any  leakage 

form of corruption.

of  information  and  set  out  the  Company’s 

p o s i t i o n   o n   d a t a   s e c u r i t y   a n d   p r i v a c y , 

Brockman  takes  a  zero  tolerance  approach 

including:

to  corruption  and  bribery  and  is  committed 

to  acting  professionally,  fairly  and  with 

• 

W o r k   r e l a t e d   d o c u m e n t s   a r e   t h e 

integrity  in  all  our  business  dealings.  Our 

p r o p e r t y   o f   t h e   C o m p a n y   u n l e s s 

whistle blower policy encourages employees 

otherwise specifically agreed,

t o   r e p o r t   o n   a n y   i n c i d e n c e s   o f   f r a u d , 

misappropriation  of  funds  or  corruption, 

• 

Destruction  of  documents  containing 

while  the  reporters’  privacy  is  completely 

c o n f i d e n t i a l   i n f o r m a t i o n   m u s t   b e 

protected.

carried out reliably.

The  Company  manages  data  protection 

support  and  assist  the  Group  to  promote 

and  privacy  as  part  of  its  IT  processes  and 

a  culture  of  ethical  corporate  behaviour, 

has several policies to manage IT related risks 

thereby  providing  an  environment  in  which 

The  whistleblower  policy  is  designed  to 

including off-site backup.

stakeholders (internal and external) are able 

to  report  any  issue  they  genuinely  believe 

G i v e n   t h e   n a t u r e   o f   o u r   b u s i n e s s ,   o u r 

breaches  the  Group’s  Code  of  Conduct,  or 

o p e r a t i o n s   d o   n o t   i n v o l v e   t h e   u s e   o f 

any other reportable conduct.

intellectual  property  rights  owned  by  other 

parties.  Nevertheless,  the  Group  has  set  out 

A   c o p y   o f   t h e   C o d e   o f   C o n d u c t   a n d 

the  treatment  of  handling  and  protecting 

Whistleblower  Policy  is  available  in  the 

intellectual property in our Code of Conduct.

c o r p o r a t e   g o v e r n a n c e   s e c t i o n   o f   t h e 

Company’s website.

During the year, the Group was not aware of 

any  material  breaches  of  the  relevant  laws 

Stakeholders  may  wish  first  to  discuss  the 

and regulations relating to the Group health 

a l l e g e d   v i o l a t i o n   i n f o r m a l l y   w i t h   t h e i r 

and safety, advertising, labelling and privacy 

manager  in  order  to  determine  whether 

matters relating products and services.

B.7  ANTI-CORRUPTION

serious  misconduct  has  occurred.  This  is 

an  opportunity  to  clarify  the  incident,  ask 

questions and at all times, it is expected that 

The  Company  has  established  rules  against 

these  discussions  will  remain  confidential. 

b r i b e r y   o r   c o r r u p t i o n ,   w h i c h   p r o h i b i t 

Where  a  stakeholder  believes  that  internal 

employees  from  accepting  gifts  from  other 

reporting  is  not  appropriate,  the  Company 

people  in  a  business  relationship.  To  ensure 

encourages  the  stakeholder  to  report  his 

effective  implementation,  every  employee 

or  her  concern  to  Brockman’s  Company 

has  been  trained  in  relation  to  these  rules. 

S e c r e t a r y   a n d   d i r e c t l y   t o   t h e   A u d i t 

F u r t h e r m o r e ,   t h e   C o m p a n y   h a s   s e t   u p 

Committee.  The  Audit  Committee  will  assess 

a  whistle  blower  policy,  and  Brockman 

the  situation  and,  if  deemed  necessary, 

encourages  stakeholders  to  pursue  and 

will  communicate  the  reports  of  alleged 

report any misconduct, fraudulent or corrupt 

violations to the Group’s legal advisors.

practices,  breaches  of  rules,  coercion  or 

harassment. Active channels are in place for 

During  the  reporting  period,  there  were  no 

employees  to  report  directly  in  the  event  of 

incidents or legal cases noted regarding any 

any  potential  source  of  bribery/corruption  in 

corrupt practices brought against the Group 

any business execution.

or its employees.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL ANDGOVERNANCE REPORTB.8  COMMUNITY INVESTMENT

The  Group  is  committed  to  operating  in  a 

The  Company  is  transparent  on  the  need 

way  which  contributes  to  the  sustainable 

to  earn  the  respect  and  support  of  the 

development  of  mineral  resources  through 

communities  in  which  it  is  located  and 

efficient  and  long-term  management,  while 

also  by  demonstrating  a  tangible  level  of 

showing due consideration for the wellbeing 

commitment to environmental sustainability.

of  people,  protection  of  the  environment 

and the communities in which we operate.

T h e   G r o u p   o p e r a t e s   i n   t w o   r e g u l a t o r y 

environments  (Hong  Kong  and  Australia). 

T h e   G r o u p ’ s   S u s t a i n a b i l i t y   P o l i c y   s e e k s 

While  compliance  with  these  regulatory 

t o   e n s u r e   i t   i s   a   c o n s t r u c t i v e   p a r t n e r 

environments  is  the  basis  of  the  Group’s 

t o   a d v a n c e   t h e   s o c i a l ,   e c o n o m i c   a n d 

environmental  management,  the  Group  is 

institutional development of the communities 

committed  to  the  principle  of  developing 

in  which  it  operates.  The  Group  carries 

and  implementing  appropriate  practices 

out  its  activities  regarding  the  interests  of 

and will actively work to:

any  affected  traditional  owners  and  other 

stakeholders.  The  Group  fully  acknowledges 

• 

Minimise  the  actual  and  potential 

the  rights,  cultures,  customs,  and  values  of 

environmental  impact  of  the  Group’s 

people  affected  by  the  development  and 

activities; and

exploitation of mineral resources.

• 

G i v e   e n v i r o n m e n t a l   a s p e c t s   d u e 

Brockman  maintains  its  community  focus  on 

c o n s i d e r a t i o n   i n   a l l   p h a s e s   o f   o u r 

health and sports, and has sponsored charity 

p r o j e c t s ,   f r o m   e x p l o r a t i o n   a n d 

r u n s / m a r a t h o n s   f o r   e m p l o y e e s ,   f o r   t h e 

evaluation,  development  and  final 

purpose of raising employees’ awareness on 

closure, and

health  while  giving  back  to  the  community. 

Due  to  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  marathons 

• 

Respect  the  rights  of  the  traditional 

a n d   c h a r i t y   w a l k s   w e r e   c a n c e l l e d   ( o r 

o w n e r s   a n d   v a l u e   t h e   i n d i g e n o u s 

reduced) and we will continue to sponsor our 

culture heritage.

employees  to  take  part  in  these  meaningful 

activities.

51

ANNUAL REPORT 2022The  Directors  present  their  report  together  with  the 

audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the 

FINAL DIVIDEND

Company for the year ended 30 June 2022.

The  Board  does  not  recommend  the  payment  of  a 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND 
GEOGRAPHICAL ANALYSIS OF 
OPERATIONS
The  Company  is  an  investment  holding  company.  The 

principal  activities  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries 

(“Group”)  are  exploration  and  development  of  iron 

ore  mining  projects  in  Western  Australia.  An  analysis 

of  the  performance  of  the  Group  for  the  year  by 

operating  segments  and  detailed  activities  of  each  of 

the  Company’s  subsidiaries  are  set  out  in  Notes  7  and 

35 to the consolidated financial statements. There were 

no  significant  changes  in  the  nature  of  the  Group’s 

principal activities during the year.

RESULTS AND APPROPRIATIONS
The  results  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  30  June 

2022  are  set  out  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive income on page 66.

dividend.

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Company has adopted a dividend policy, pursuant 

to  which  the  Company  may  distribute  dividends  to  the 

shareholders of the Company by way of cash or shares. 

Any distribution of dividends shall be in accordance with 

the  Hong  Kong  Laws,  the  bye-laws  of  the  Company, 

the  Bermuda  Companies  Act  1981  (as  amended  from 

time  to  time)  and  any  other  applicable  laws,  rules  and 

regulations.

The  recommendation  of  payment  of  any  dividend  is 

subject to the absolute discretion of the Board, and any 

declaration  of  dividend  will  be  subject  to  the  approval 

of  shareholders.  In  proposing  any  dividend  payout,  the 

Board shall also take into account, inter alia:

• 

T h e   G r o u p ’ s   a c t u a l   a n d   e x p e c t e d   f i n a n c i a l 

RESERVES
Movements in the reserves of the Group during the year 

are  set  out  in  consolidated  statement  of  changes  in 

equity on page 68.

• 

• 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Details  of  the  movements  in  property,  plant  and 

equipment  are  set  out  in  Note  18  to  the  consolidated 

financial statements.

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS
It  is  recommended  that  the  consolidated  financial 

statements be read in conjunction with the 30 June 2022 

annual  report  and  any  public  announcements  made 
by  the  Company  during  the  period.  Further  detailed 

business  review  as  required  by  Schedule  5  of  the  Hong 

Kong  Companies  Ordinance,  including  a  description  of 

the  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  facing  the  Group 

and  an  indication  of  likely  future  development  in  the 

Group’s  business,  can  be  found  in  the  Management 

Discussion  and  Analysis  set  out  on  pages  4  to  14  of 

this  Annual  Report.  The  Group’s  environment,  social 

and  governance  policies,  relationships  with  its  key 

stakeholders,  and  compliance  with  relevant  laws  and 

regulations  which  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 

Group  are  set  out  in  the  Environmental,  Social  and 

Governance  Report  on  pages  37  to  51  of  this  Annual 

Report. This discussion forms part of this directors’ report.

performance;

Shareholders’ interests;

Retained  earnings,  distributable  reserves  and 

contributed  surplus  of  the  Company  and  each  of 

the other members of the Group;

• 

The level of the Group’s debt to equity ratio, return 

on  equity  and  financial  covenants  to  which  the 

Group is subject to;

• 

• 

Possible effects on the Group’s credit worthiness;

Any  restrictions  on  payment  of  dividends  or  other 
covenants on the Group’s financial ratios that may 

be imposed by the Group’s financial creditors;

• 

The Group’s expected working capital requirements 

and future expansion plans;

• 

Liquidity  position  and  future  commitments  at  the 

time of declaration of dividend;

• 

• 

• 

Taxation considerations;

Statutory and regulatory restrictions;

General business conditions and strategies;

DIRECTORS’ REPORT• 

General  economic  conditions,  business  cycle  of 

Pursuant  to  code  provision  B.2.2  of  the  Corporate 

the Group’s business and other internal or external 

Governance  Code  contained  in  Appendix  14  to  the 

factors  that  may  have  an  impact  on  the  business 

Rules  Governing  the  Listing  of  Securities  on  the  Stock 

or  financial  performance  and  position  of  the 

Exchange,  every  director,  including  those  appointed 

Company; and

for  a  specific  term,  should  be  subject  to  retirement  by 

rotation  at  least  once  every  three  years.  Accordingly, 

• 

Other factors that the Board deems appropriate.

Clauses  87(1)  of  the  Company’s  Bye-laws  Messrs  Kwai 

Kwun,  Lawrence,  David  Rolf  Welch,  Ross  Stewart 

The  dividend  policy  will  be  reviewed  from  time  to 

Norgard  and  Liu  Zhengui  will  retire  and,  being  eligible, 

time  and  there  is  no  assurance  that  a  dividend  will  be 

may offer themselves for re-election at the forthcoming 

proposed or declared in any specific periods.

annual general meeting.

DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVES
As  at  30  June  2022,  the  Company  has  no  reserve 

CONFIRMATION OF INDEPENDENCE
All  the  independent  non-execut ive  directo rs  are 

available for distribution to the shareholders.

appointed  for  a  specific  term  and  will  be  subject  to 

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS
There  are  no  provisions  for  pre-emptive  rights  under  the 

Company’s  Bye-laws,  or  the  laws  in  Bermuda,  which 

would  oblige  the  Company  to  offer  new  shares  on  a 

pro-rata basis to existing shareholders.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY
A summary of the results and from the audited financial 

statements assets and liabilities of the Group for the last 

five financial years as extracted is set out on page 105. 

This summary does not form part of the audited financial 

statements.

DIRECTORS
The Directors of the Company during the year and up to 

the date of this report were:

Non-executive Directors:

Kwai Sze Hoi (Chairman)

Liu Zhengui (Vice Chairman)

Ross Stewart Norgard

Executive Directors:

Colin Paterson

Kwai Kwun, Lawrence

Chan Kam Kwan, Jason (Company Secretary)

Independent Non-executive Directors:

Yap Fat Suan, Henry

Choi Yue Chun, Eugene

David Rolf Welch

retirement  by  rotation  and  re-election  in  accordance 

with  the  HK  Listing  Rules  and  the  Bye-Laws  of  the 

Company.  The  Company  has  received  from  each  of 

the  Independent  Non-executive  Directors,  an  annual 

confirmation  of  their  independence  pursuant  to  Rule 

3.13 of the HK Listing Rules.

DIRECTORS’ AND SENIOR 
MANAGEMENT’S BIOGRAPHIES
Biographical  details  of  the  directors  of  the  Company 

and  the  senior  management  of  the  Group  are  set  out 

on pages 15 to 16 of the 2022 Annual Report.

DIRECTOR’S SERVICE CONTRACT
No director proposed for re-election at the forthcoming 

annual general meeting has a service contract with the 

Company  which  is  not  determinable  by  the  Company 

within  one  year  without  payment  of  compensation, 

other than statutory compensation.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
The directors’ fees are subject to shareholders’ approval 
at general meetings. Other emoluments are determined 

by  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  with  reference  to 

directors’  duties,  responsibilities  and  performance  and 

the results of the Group.

53

ANNUAL REPORT 2022REMUNERATION POLICY

The Board recognises that the Company’s performance 

depends upon the quality of its directors. To achieve its 

financial  and  operating  activities,  the  Company  must 

attract,  motivate  and  retain  highly  skilled  directors. 

The  Company  embodies  the  following  principles  in  its 

remuneration framework

• 

• 

Provides competitive rewards to directors,

Structures  remuneration  at  a  level  that  reflects 

the  directors’  duties,  accountabilities  and  is 

competitive,

• 

Benchmarks  remuneration  against  appropriate 

industry groups.

Details of the Directors’ remuneration are set in Note 14 

to the consolidated financial statements.

DIRECTORS’ AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S 
INTERESTS AND SHORT POSITIONS IN 
SHARES AND UNDERLYING SHARES 
AND DEBENTURES
As  at  30  June  2022,  the  interests  and  short  positions  of 

the  directors  and  chief  executive  and  their  respective 

associates  in  the  share  capital,  underlying  shares 

and  debentures  of  the  Company  or  its  associated 

corporations  (within  the  meaning  of  Part  XV  of  the 

S e c u r i t i e s   a n d   F u t u r e s   O r d i n a n c e   ( t h e   “ S F O ” )   a s 

recorded  in  the  register  required  to  be  kept  by  the 

Company  pursuant  to  Section  352  of  the  SFO,  or 

otherwise  required  to  be  notified  to  the  Company  and 

the  SEHK,  pursuant  to  the  Model  Code  for  Securities 

Transactions  by  Directors  of  Listed  Issuers  (the  “Model 

Code”) were as follows:

Long positions of ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each of the Company

Number of issued 
ordinary shares held

Number of 
options 
outstanding

Percentage of the 
issued share capital 
of the Company

Name of director

Capacity

Mr Kwai Sze Hoi

Jointly (Note)

Interests of controlled  
corporation (Note)

Beneficial owner

Interest of spouse

60,720,000

2,426,960,137

206,072,000

24,496,000

—

—

—

—

Mr Liu Zhengui

Beneficial owner

—

1,500,000

Mr Ross Norgard

Beneficial owner

64,569,834

1,500,000

Interests of controlled  

178,484,166

—

corporation

Mr Colin Paterson

Beneficial owner

22,073,004

15,000,000

Interest of spouse

Mr Kwai Kwun Lawrence

Beneficial owner

13,625,442

63,408,412

—

—

Mr Chan Kam Kwan Jason

Beneficial owner

—

10,000,000

Mr Yap Fat Suan Henry

Beneficial owner

400,000

1,500,000

Mr Choi Yue Chun Eugene

Beneficial owner

Mr David Rolf Welch

Beneficial owner

—

—

1,500,000

1,500,000

Note:

0.65%

26.15%

2.22%

0.26%

0.02%

0.71%

1.92%

0.40%

0.15%

0.68%

0.11%

0.02%

0.02%

0.02%

The 2,426,960,137 shares were held by Ocean Line Holdings Ltd., a company held 60% by Mr. Kwai Sze Hoi and 40% by Ms Cheung Wai 

Fung (Mr Kwai’s spouse). In addition, Mr. Kwai and Ms Cheung have a joint direct interest in 60,720,000 shares of the Company.

DIRECTORS’ REPORTSave  as  disclosed  above,  as  at  30  June  2022,  none  of  the  Directors  and  Chief  Executive,  nor  their  associates  had 

registered  an  interest  or  short  position  in  the  shares,  underlying  shares  or  debentures  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its 

associated corporations that was required to be recorded pursuant to section 352 of the SFO, or as otherwise notified to 

the Company and the SEHK pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers.

SHARE OPTIONS
The share option scheme (the “Share Option Scheme”) of the Company was adopted by the Company pursuant to the 

resolution of the shareholders at the AGM dated 13 November 2012.

The  binomial  option  pricing  model  is  a  generally  accepted  method  of  valuing  options.  The  measurement  dates 

used  in  the  valuation  calculations  were  the  dates  on  which  the  options  were  granted.  The  values  of  share  options 

calculated  using  the  binomial  model  are  subject  to  certain  fundamental  limitations,  due  to  the  subjective  nature  of 

and  uncertainty  relating  to  a  number  of  assumptions  of  the  expected  future  performance  input  to  the  model,  and 

certain inherent limitations of the model itself. The value of an option varies with different variables of certain subjective 

assumptions. Any change to the variables used may materially affect the estimation of the fair value of an option.

The particulars of the Share Option Scheme are set out in Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements and details 

of  the  options  outstanding  as  at  30  June  2022  includes  the  estimated  values  of  the  share  options  (using  the  binomial 

option pricing model), date of grant, exercise period and the exercise price of the options outstanding at the beginning 

and end of year which have been granted to Qualified Persons under the Share Option Scheme are as follows:

Exercised

Lapsed

Granted

Option type

2021A
2021A
2021A
2021A
2021A

2021A
2021B

2021A
2021B

Non-Executive Directors
Liu Zhengui
Ross Stewart Norgard
Choi Yue Chun Eugene
Yap Fat Suan Henry
David Rolf Welch
Executive Directors
Chan Kam Kwan Jason
Colin Paterson
Sub-total
Employees
Employees
Sub-total
GRAND TOTAL
Weighted average exercise 

price

Maximum 
entitlement 
of each 
participant

Outstanding 
as at 
1 July 2021

1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000

10,000,000
15,000,000
32,500,000
71,000,000
2,000,000
73,000,000
105,500,000

1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000

10,000,000
15,000,000
32,500,000
71,000,000
2,000,000
73,000,000
105,500,000

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
1,000,000
—
1,000,000
1,000,000

0.23

0.21

Outstanding 
as at 
30 June 2022

1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000
1,500,000

10,000,000
15,000,000
32,500,000
70,000,000
2,000,000
72,000,000
104,500,000

0.23

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

As  at  30  June  2022,  the  Company  had  104,500,000  share  options  outstanding  under  the  Scheme.  Should  they  be 

fully  exercised,  the  Company  will  receive  HK$23,653,000  (before  issue  expenses).  The  fair  value  of  these  unexercised 

options measured in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy note 25 to the consolidated financial statements 

amounted to HK$7,545,000.

The total number of securities available for issue under the share option scheme amounts to 465,448,213 as at the date 

of the annual report, representing 5.02% of the issued share capital outstanding.

Saved as disclosed above, at no time during the year were rights to acquire benefits by means of acquisition of shares 

in  or  debentures  of  the  Company  granted  to  any  of  the  directors  or  their  respective  spouses  or  minor  children,  or 

where any such rights exercised by them; or was the Company, its holding company, or any of its subsidiaries or fellow 

subsidiaries a party to any arrangement to enable the directors to acquire such rights in any other body corporate.

55

ANNUAL REPORT 2022DIRECTORS’ RIGHTS TO ACQUIRE 
SHARES OR DEBENTURES
Other  than  as  disclosed  in  the  section  “Directors 

MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS
N o   c o n t r a c t s   c o n c e r n i n g   t h e   m a n a g e m e n t   a n d 

administration of the whole or any substantial part of the 

and  Chief  Executives’  interests  and  short  positions  in 

business  of  the  Company  were  entered  into  or  existed 

shares  and  underlying  shares  and  debentures”,  at  no 

during the year.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Significant related party transactions entered into by the 

Group during the year ended 30 June 2022 are disclosed 

in Note 32 to the consolidated financial statements. The 

related party transactions did not constitute connected 

transactions  or  are  exempted  connected  transactions 

under the Listing Rules.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS’ AND 
OTHER PERSONS INTERESTS AND 
SHORT POSITIONS IN SHARES AND 
UNDERLYING SHARES
A s   a t   3 0   J u n e   2 0 2 2 ,   t h e   r e g i s t e r   o f   s u b s t a n t i a l 

shareholders  maintained  by  the  Company  pursuant 

to  Section  336  of  the  SFO  shows  that  the  following 

shareholders  had  notified  the  Company  of  relevant 

interests  and  short  positions  of  5%  or  more  of  the  share 

capital and share option of the Company:

time  during  the  period  was  the  Company,  its  holding 

company, or any of its subsidiaries or fellow subsidiaries, 

a party to any arrangements to enable the Directors of 

the  Company  and  their  associates  to  acquire  benefits 

by  means  of  the  acquisition  of  shares  in,  or  debentures 

of, the Company or any other body corporate.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN COMPETING 
BUSINESS
None of the Directors has any interests in any competing 

business to the Group.

DIRECTORS’/CONTROLLING 
SHAREHOLDERS’ MATERIAL INTERESTS 
IN TRANSACTIONS, ARRANGEMENTS 
AND CONTRACTS THAT ARE 
SIGNIFICANT IN RELATION TO THE 
GROUP’S BUSINESS
Details  of  the  related  party  transactions  for  the  year 

are  set  out  in  Note  32  to  the  consolidated  financial 

s t a t e m e n t s .   O t h e r   t h a n   a s   d i s c l o s e d   t h e r e i n ,   n o 

director,  a  related  party  of  a  director,  nor  a  controlling 

shareholder  of  the  Company  had  a  material  interest, 

e i t h e r   d i r e c t l y   o r   i n d i r e c t l y ,   i n   a n y   t r a n s a c t i o n s , 

arrangements  or  contracts  of  significance  to  the 

business  of  the  Group  to  which  the  Company,  the 

holding  Company  of  the  Company,  or  any  of  the 

Company’s subsidiaries or fellow subsidiaries was a party 

during the year.

DIRECTORS’ REPORTLong positions of ordinary shares and underlying shares of HK$0.10 each of the Company

Name of shareholder

Nature of interest

Number of shares or 
underlying shares

Percentage of the 
issued share capital 
of the Company

Ocean Line Holdings Ltd  
(“Ocean Line”) (Note 1)

Beneficial owner

2,426,960,137

Kwai Sze Hoi (Note 1)

Interest held by controlled corporations

2,426,960,137

Interest held jointly with another person

60,720,000

Beneficial owner

Interest of spouse

206,072,000

24,496,000

Cheung Wai Fung (Note 1)

Interest held by controlled corporations

2,426,960,137

Interest held jointly with another person

Beneficial owner

Interest of spouse

Equity Valley Investments Limited

Beneficial owner

60,720,000

24,496,000

206,072,000

515,574,276

The XSS Group Limited (Note 2)

Interest held by controlled corporations

515,574,276

Cheung Sze Wai, Catherine (Note 2)

Interest held by controlled corporations

515,574,276

Interest of spouse

50,000,000

Luk Kin Peter Joseph (Note 2)

Interest held by controlled corporations

515,574,276

Beneficial owner

50,000,000

26.15%

26.15%

0.65%

2.22%

0.26%

26.15%

0.65%

0.26%

2.22%

5.56%

5.56%

5.56%

0.54%

5.56%

0.54%

KQ Resources Limited

Beneficial owner

1,301,270,318

14.02%

Notes:

1. 

Ocean Line is owned 60% by Mr Kwai Sze Hoi and 40% by Ms Cheung Wai Fung (Mr Kwai’s spouse). In addition, Mr Kwai and Ms 

Cheung have a joint direct interest in 60,720,000 shares.

2. 

515,574,276  shares  were  held  by  Equity  Valley  Investments  Limited.  Equity  Valley  Investments  Limited  is  wholly-owned  by  The  XSS 

Group Limited, of which 50%, 20% and 30% of its issued share capital were held by Mr Luk Kin Peter Joseph, Ms Cheung Sze Wai, 

Catherine  (Mr  Luk’s  spouse)  and  Ms  Chong  Yee  Kwan  (Mr  Luk’s  mother)  respectively.  In  addition,  Mr  Luk  was  granted  a  total  of 

50,000,000 options.

Save as disclosed above, as at 30 June 2022, no person, other than the directors of the Company, whose interests are 

set out in the section “Directors’ and Chief Executives’ interests and short positions in shares and underlying shares and 

debentures’,  had  registered  an  interest  or  short  position  in  the  shares  or  underlying  shares  of  the  Company  that  was 

required to be recorded pursuant to section 336 of the SFO.

57

ANNUAL REPORT 2022SHARE CAPITAL, SHARE OPTIONS, 
WARRANTS AND CONVERTIBLE BONDS
Details  of  movements  in  the  Company’s  share  capital 

PROVISION OF INFORMATION IN 
RESPECT OF ANY DIRECTOR
Updated  information  in  relation  to  the  change  in  other 

and share options during the year are set out in notes 24 

directorships of the Directors is as set out below:

and 25 to the consolidated financial statements.

Details  of  the  other  equity–linked  agreements  are 

independent  non-executive  Director  of  1957  &  Co. 

including in the section “Share Options”.

(Hospitality) Limited (Stock Code: 8495) in August 2022.

M r .   C h a n   K a m   K w a n   J a s o n   h a d   r e s i g n e d   a s   a n 

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION OR SALE OF 
LISTED SECURITIES
During  the  year,  neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  its 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Company is committed to maintain a high standard 

of  corporate  governance  practices.  Information  on 

subsidiaries  purchased,  sold  or  redeemed  any  of  the 

the  corporate  governance  practices  adopted  by  the 

listed securities of the Company.

Company  is  set  out  in  the  Corporate  Governance 

Report on pages 17 to 36 of the annual report.

PERMITTED INDEMNITY PROVISION
Pursuant to the Bye-Laws of the Company, the Directors 

shall  be  indemnified  and  secured  harmless  out  of  the 

EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
Details  of  the  significant  events  of  the  Group  after 

assets and profits of the Company against all losses and 

the  reporting  period  are  set  out  in  note  37  to  the 

liabilities  etc  which  they  may  incur  or  sustain  by  reason 

consolidated financial statements.

of  the  execution  of  their  duties,  provided  that  this 

indemnity  shall  not  extend  to  any  matter  in  respect  of 

any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of the 

directors.  The  Company  has  also  arranged  appropriate 

directors  and  officers  insurance  coverage  for  the 

directors and officers of the Group.

MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS
The  aggregate  operating  and  administrative  expenses 

attributable  to  the  Group’s  five  largest  suppliers  were 

less  than  18%  of  total  operating  and  administrative 

expenses (include exploration and evaluation expenses 

and  excluding  share  of  joint  operation  expenditure)  for 

the  year.  At  no  time  during  the  year  did  any  Director, 

or  associate  of  a  Director,  or  any  shareholder  of  the 

Company,  (which,  to  the  best  knowledge  of  the 

Directors owned more than 5% of the Company’s share 
capital),  had  any  beneficial  interest  in  the  Group’s  five 

largest customers and suppliers.

CONTRACT OF SIGNIFICANCE
No  contracts  of  significance  in  relation  to  the  Group’s 

business in which the Company, any of its subsidiaries or 

SUFFICIENCY OF PUBLIC FLOAT
As  at  the  date  of  this  report,  based  on  information  that 

is  publicly  available  to  the  Company  and  within  the 

knowledge  of  the  Directors,  there  was  sufficient  public 

float  of  the  Company’s  securities  as  required  under  the 

HK Listing Rules.

AUDIT AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES
The  Company  may  decide  to  employ  the  auditors 

on  assignments  additional  to  their  statutory  audit 

duties,  where  the  auditor’s  expertise  and  experience 

with  the  Company  and  the  Group  are  important.  The 

Board  of  Directors  has  considered  the  position  and,  in 

accordance  with  the  advice  received  from  the  Audit 

Committee,  it  is  satisfied  that  the  provision  of  non-

audit  services  did  not  compromise  the  auditor  for  the 
following reasons:

• 

All  non-audit  services  have  been  reviewed  by  the 

Audit  Committee  to  ensure  they  do  not  impact 

the impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and

fellow  subsidiaries,  or  its  parent  company  was  a  party 

• 

None  of  the  services  undermine  the  general 

and in which a director of the Company had a material 

principles  relating  to  auditor  independence  as 

interest, whether directly or indirectly, subsisted during or 

set  out  in  Professional  Statement  F1,  including 

at the end of the year.

reviewing  and  auditing  the  auditors  own  work, 

acting  in  a  management  or  a  decision-making 

capacity  for  the  Company,  acting  as  advocate 

for  the  Company  or  jointly  sharing  economic  risk 

and rewards.

DIRECTORS’ REPORTDuring the year, the following fees were paid or payable for audit and non-audit services provided by Ernst and Young.

Remuneration of Ernst and Young (Australia) for:
– auditing or reviewing accounts
– tax compliance
– other non-audit services

Remuneration of Ernst and Young (other than) Australia for:
– auditing or reviewing accounts

2022
HK$’000

2021
HK$’000

1,038
113
–
1,151

65
65
1,216

1,109
116
273
1,498

54
54
1,552

RE-APPOINTMENT OF AUDITOR
The  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  financial 

year  ended  30  June  2022  have  been  audited  by  Ernst 

and  Young  Australia  who  retire  and,  being  eligible, 

offer  themselves  for  re-appointment  at  the  forthcoming 

annual general meeting of the Company.

Ernst and Young, Australia, the auditor of the Company, 

is  a  non-Hong  Kong  audit  firm  which  has  obtained 

approval  from  the  Financial  Reporting  Council  as  a 

recognised  public  interest  entity  (“PIE”)  auditor  to 

conduct PIE engagement of the Company.

By order of the Board

Kwai Sze Hoi

Chairman

Hong Kong, 21 September 2022

59

ANNUAL REPORT 2022Independent auditor’s report to the shareholders of Brockman Mining Limited

(incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability)

OPINION
We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Brockman  Mining  Limited  (the  “Company”)  and  its 

subsidiaries (together the “Group”) set out on pages 66 to 104, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as at 

30 June 2022, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity 

and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, 

including a summary of significant accounting policies.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  consolidated  financial  position 

of the Group as at 30 June 2022 and of its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the 

year  then  ended  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  issued  by  the  International 

Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and have been properly prepared in compliance with the disclosure requirements 

of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

BASIS FOR OPINION
We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing  issued  by  the  International  Auditing 

and Assurance Standards Board (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 

responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  section  of  our  report.  We  are  independent 

of  the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  International  Ethics  Standards  Board  for  Accountants’  Code  of  Ethics  for 

Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (“IESBA Code”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical 

responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 

and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

MATERIAL UNCERTAINTY RELATED TO GOING CONCERN
We  draw  attention  to  Note  2(a)  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  which  describes  the  principal  conditions 

that raise doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. These events or conditions indicate that a 

material uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our 

opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key  audit  matters  are  those  matters  that,  in  our  professional  judgment,  were  of  most  significance  in  our  audit  of  the 

consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of the audit of the 

consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 

opinion  on  these  matters.  In  addition  to  the  matter  described  in  the  Material  uncertainty  related  to  going  concern 

section, and for each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial 

statements section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance 

of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial 

statements.  The  results  of  our  audit  procedures,  including  the  procedures  performed  to  address  the  matters  below, 

provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT1. 

Carrying value of capitalised mining exploration properties

Why significant

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

At  30  June  2022  the  Group  held  capitalised 

We  considered  and  challenged  the  Group’s  assessment  as 

mining  exploration  properties  in  Australia 

to  whether  there  were  impairment  indicators  present  that 

of  HK$733,677,000,  representing  96%  of  the 

required  the  capitalised  mining  exploration  properties  to  be 

Group’s total assets.

tested for impairment as at 30 June 2022.

The  carrying  value  of  mining  exploration 

►	

In	performing	our	procedures,	we:

properties  is  assessed  for  impairment  by  the 

Group when facts and circumstances indicate 

►	 Considered	 whether	 the	 Group’s	 right	 to	 explore	

t h a t   t h e s e   p r o p e r t i e s   m a y   e x c e e d   t h e i r 

was  current,  which  included  obtaining  and  assessing 

recoverable amount.

supporting documentation such as license agreements

The  determination  as  to  whether  there  are 

►	 Considered	the	Group’s	intention	to	carry	out	significant	

any  facts  and  circumstances  to  require  a 

ongoing  exploration  and  evaluation  activities  in  the 

mining exploration property to be assessed for 

relevant  areas  of  interest  which  included  reviewing  the 

impairment,  involves  a  number  of  judgments 

Group’s  approved  cashflow  forecast  and  enquiring 

including  whether  the  Group  has  tenure,  will 

of  senior  management  and  the  directors  as  to  their 

be  able  to  perform  ongoing  expenditure  and 

intentions and the strategy of the Group

whether  there  is  sufficient  information  for  a 

decision  to  be  made  that  the  area  of  interest 

►	

Assessed	 whether	 exploration	 and	 evaluation	 data	

is  not  commercially  viable.  The  directors  did 

exists  to  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  mining 

not identify any impairment indicators.

exploration properties is unlikely to be recovered through 

Given  the  significance  of  the  capitalised 

mi ni ng  exploration  properties  relative  to 

►	

Assessed	 the	 adequacy	 of	 the	 disclosures	 in	 Note	 4(a)	

the  Group’s  total  assets  and  the  degree  of 

and 17 of the consolidated financial statements.

development or sale

judgement  involved  in  assessing  whether  any 

indicators of impairment exist, we consider this 

a key audit matter.

Refer  to  Note  4(a)  and  17  in  the  consolidated 

financial  statements  for  capitalised  mining 

exploration  property  balances  and  related 

disclosures.

61

ANNUAL REPORT 20222. 

Recognition of deferred tax asset

Why significant

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

At  30  June  2022,  the  Group  recognised  a 

We assessed the Group’s decision to carry the DTA at 30 June 

deferred  tax  asset  (“DTA”)  of  HK$111,350,000 

2022 and the methodology for determining the amount of the 

in its consolidated balance sheet for certain of 

DTA to be carried forward for compliance with IFRS.

its  Australian  carry  forward  tax  losses.  This  DTA 

was fully offset against the deferred tax liability 

Our audit procedures included the following:

(“DTL”) in the consolidated balance sheet.

This  DTA  has  continued  to  be  carried  forward 

tax  losses  and  the  impact  of  any  known  or  potential 

at  30  June  2022,  together  with  an  income 

limitations  on  the  availability  of  the  carry  forward  tax 

tax  benefit  of  HK$10,227,000  recorded  in  the 

losses.  This  work  included  consultation  with  our  tax 

►	 We	 assessed	 the	 amount	 of	 the	 Group’s	 carry	 forward	

consolidated  profit  or  loss  arising  from  further 

specialists

Australian tax losses incurred and offset against 

the DTL at that date, resulting in a net DTL at 30 

►	 We	obtained	and	considered	correspondence:

June  2022  of  HK$106,949,000  after  accounting 

for the impact of exchange differences during 

►	

B e t w e e n	 t h e	 G r o u p	 a n d	 t h e	 A u s t r a l i a n	 t a x	

the year.

authorities

The  Group’s  exploration  activities  in  Australia 

►	

Between	the	Group	and	external	tax	advisors

have  generated  significant  carry  forward 

tax  losses.  Australian  tax  laws  covering  the 

►	 We	 assessed	 the	 adequacy	 of	 the	 related	 disclosures	 in	

availability  and  recoupment  of  these  carry 

the consolidated financial statements.

forward tax losses are complex.

Under IFRS, DTAs for available carry forward tax 

losses are only recognised when their recovery 

is  considered  probable.  This  consideration  of 

carry forward tax loss recognition is reassessed 

at each reporting period.

Given  the  significant  degree  of  judgement 

involved  in  management’s  assessment  as  to 

the  ongoing  availability  and  probability  of 

recoverability  of  the  DTA  as  at  30  June  2022, 

we consider this a key audit matter.

R e f e r   t o   N o t e s   4 ( c ) ,   1 3   a n d   2 6   i n   t h e 

consolidated financial statements for deferred 

tax balances and related disclosures.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT3.  Measurement of Polaris loans

Why significant

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

At 30 June 2022 the Group has recognised the 

Our audit procedures included the following:

two  tranches  of  the  loan  payable  to  Polaris 

Metals  Pty  Ltd  (“Polaris”)  of  HK$34,517,000  in 

►	 We	 assessed	 whether	 the	 funding	 from	 Polaris	 was	

the  consolidated  balance  sheet,  representing 

appropriately recognised and measured in accordance 

20% of the Group’s total liabilities.

with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”)

T h e s e   l o a n   t r a n c h e s   t o t a l l e d   A $ 5   m i l l i o n 

►	 We	considered	and	challenged	the	Group’s	assessment	

each  and  were  advanced  to  the  Group  in 

regarding  the  revised  timing  of  the  expected  loan 

November  2019  and  May  2021  respectively, 

repayments.  This  included  review  of  correspondence 

pursuant  to  the  Farm-in  and  Joint  Venture 

between  the  Group  and  Polaris  to  assess  the  likely 

Agreement  (“FJV”)  between  Brockman  Iron 

intention of both parties

Pty Ltd (“Brockman Iron”) and Polaris.

The  loans  are  secured  and  bear  no  interest. 

of the amortised cost and classification of each tranche 

Under  the  terms  of  the  FJV  Agreement,  the 

of this loan in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 

repayment terms of this loans vary dependent 

9, including the remeasurement for the loans

►	 We	 obtained	 and	 reviewed	 management’s	 calculation	

upon  a  number  of  conditions  relating  to  the 

Marillana  Project.  The  Group’s  expectation 

►	 We	 assessed	 the	 adequacy	 of	 the	 related	 disclosures	 in	

regarding  the  timing  of  the  loan  repayments 

the consolidated financial statements.

w a s   r e v i s e d   d u r i n g   t h e   c u r r e n t   f i n a n c i a l 

year.  This  change  in  the  timing  of  the  loan 

repayments  led  to  a  remeasurement  of  both 

loan  tranches  with  a  gain  of  HK$13,197,000 

being recognised in consolidated profit or loss 

for the year ended 30 June 2022.

Given  the  significant  degree  of  judgement 

involved  in  the  Group’s  assessment  of  the 

timing  of  the  revised  loan  repayments  used  in 

the remeasurement of these loan tranches, we 

consider this a key audit matter.

Refer to Notes 4(b) and 23 in the consolidated 

financial statements for the loan balances and 

related disclosures.

63

ANNUAL REPORT 2022OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THE ANNUAL REPORT
The directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 

included in the Annual Report, other than the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any 

form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information 

and,  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially  inconsistent  with  the  consolidated  financial 

statements  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  audit  or  otherwise  appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If,  based  on  the 

work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required 

to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTORS FOR THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS
The  directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  that  give 

a  true  and  fair  view  in  accordance  with  IFRS  issued  by  the  IASB  and  the  disclosure  requirements  of  the  Hong  Kong 

Companies Ordinance, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation 

of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  assessing  the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 

the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors of the Company either intend to liquidate the Group or to 

cease operations or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

The directors of the Company are assisted by the Audit Committee in discharging their responsibilities for overseeing the 

Group’s financial reporting process.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS
Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  a  whole 

are  free  from  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  an  auditor’s  report  that  includes  our 

opinion.  Our  report  is  made  solely  to  you,  as  a  body,  in  accordance  with  section  90  of  the  Bermuda  Companies  Act 

1981, and for no other purpose. We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the 

contents of this report.

Reasonable  assurance  is  a  high  level  of  assurance,  but  is  not  a  guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in  accordance 
with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 

considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 

decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  ISAs,  we  exercise  professional  judgment  and  maintain  professional  scepticism 

throughout the audit. We also:

►	

Identify	 and	 assess	 the	 risks	 of	 material	 misstatement	 of	 the	 consolidated	 financial	 statements,	 whether	 due	 to	

fraud  or  error,  design  and  perform  audit  procedures  responsive  to  those  risks,  and  obtain  audit  evidence  that  is 

sufficient  and  appropriate  to  provide  a  basis  for  our  opinion.  The  risk  of  not  detecting  a  material  misstatement 

resulting  from  fraud  is  higher  than  for  one  resulting  from  error,  as  fraud  may  involve  collusion,  forgery,  intentional 

omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control

►	 Obtain	 an	 understanding	 of	 internal	 control	 relevant	 to	 the	 audit	 in	 order	 to	 design	 audit	 procedures	 that	 are	

appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the 

Group’s internal control

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT►	

Evaluate	 the	 appropriateness	 of	 accounting	 policies	 used	 and	 the	 reasonableness	 of	 accounting	 estimates	 and	

related disclosures made by the directors

►	 Conclude	 on	 the	 appropriateness	 of	 the	 directors’	 use	 of	 the	 going	 concern	 basis	 of	 accounting	 and,	 based	

on  the  audit  evidence  obtained,  whether  a  material  uncertainty  exists  related  to  events  or  conditions  that  may 

cast  significant  doubt  on  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material 

uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw  attention  in  our  auditor’s  report  to  the  related  disclosures  in  the 

consolidated  financial  statements  or,  if  such  disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our  opinion.  Our  conclusions 

are  based  on  the  audit  evidence  obtained  up  to  the  date  of  our  auditor’s  report.  However,  future  events  or 

conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern

►	

Evaluate	 the	 overall	 presentation,	 structure	 and	 content	 of	 the	 consolidated	 financial	 statements,	 including	 the	

disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events 

in a manner that achieves fair presentation

►	 Obtain	 sufficient	 appropriate	 audit	 evidence	 regarding	 the	 financial	 information	 of	 the	 entities	 or	 business	

activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for 

the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We  communicate  with  the  Audit  Committee  regarding,  among  other  matters,  the  planned  scope  and  timing  of  the 

audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our 

audit.

We  also  provide  the  Audit  Committee  with  a  statement  that  we  have  complied  with  relevant  ethical  requirements 

regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be 

thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.

From the matters communicated with the Audit Committee, we determine those matters that were of most significance 

in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We 

describe  these  matters  in  our  auditor’s  report  unless  law  or  regulation  precludes  public  disclosure  about  the  matter  or 

when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because 

the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such 

communication.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Pierre Dreyer.

Ernst & Young

Chartered Accountants

Perth, Western Australia

21 September 2022 

65

ANNUAL REPORT 2022Other income

Administrative expenses

Exploration and evaluation expenses

Operating loss

Finance income

Finance costs

Finance income, net

Share of loss of joint ventures

Loss before income tax

Income tax benefit

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

Item that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Exchange differences arising from translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

Loss for the period attributable to equity holders of the Company

Total comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to equity holders 

of the Company

Loss per share attributable to the equity holders of the  

Company during the year

Basic loss per share

Diluted loss per share

Year ended 30 June

2022
HK$’000

97

(22,747)

(17,677)

(40,327)

13,211

(4,613)

8,598

(136)

(31,865)

11,051

(20,814)

(41,360)

(41,360)

(62,174)

(20,814)

2021
HK$’000

162

(17,507)

(5,494)

(22,839)

88

(5,428)

(5,340)

(139)

(28,318)

14,146

(14,172)

56,632

56,632

42,460

(14,172)

(62,714)

42,460

HK cents

HK cents

(0.22)

(0.22)

(0.15)

(0.15)

Note

10

11

11

12

30

13

15

15

The notes on pages 70 to 104 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOMEFor the year ended 30 June 2022Non-current assets

Mining exploration properties

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Interest in joint venture

Other non-current assets

Current assets

Other receivables, deposits and prepayments

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity

Share capital

Reserves

Accumulated losses

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Deferred income tax liability

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

17

18

18,19

30

21

20

24

34

26

23

19

22

19

27

As at 30 June

2022
HK$’000

2021
HK$’000

733,677

784,933

177

801

651

123

167

1,538

703

132

735,429

787,473

999

28,797

29,796

765,225

1,033

45,667

46,700

834,173

928,023

3,820,953

927,923

3,855,804

(4,158,839)

(4,138,025)

590,137

645,702

106,949

51,309

563

158,821

14,504

619

1,144

16,267

175,088

765,225

126,706

57,245

1,111

185,062

1,123

828

1,458

3,409

188,471

834,173

The  consolidated  financial  statements  on  pages  66  to  104  were  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on  21  September  2022  and  were 
signed on its behalf.

Kwai Kwun, Lawrence
Director

Chan Kam Kwan, Jason
Director

The notes on page 70 to 104 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

67

ANNUAL REPORT 2022CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETAs at 30 June 2022Notes

Balance at 1 July 2020
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Exchange differences arising 

on translation of foreign 

operations

Total comprehensive loss for 

the year

Transactions with equity 

holders

Share based compensation
Total transactions with equity 

25

holders

Balance at 30 June 2021

Notes

Balance at 1 July 2021
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Exchange differences arising 

on translation of foreign 

operations

Total comprehensive 

income/(loss) for the year

Transactions with equity 

holders

Issuance of shares
Exercise of options
Share-based compensation
Total transactions with equity 

24

25

holders

Balance at 30 June 2022

Share-based 

Share 

capital

HK$’000
927,923
—

Share 

compensation 

Translation 

Accumulated 

premium

HK$’000
4,468,624
—

reserve

HK$’000
84,961
—

reserve

HK$’000
(755,562)
—

losses

HK$’000
(4,123,853)
(14,172)

Total

HK$’000
602,093
(14,172)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
927,923

—
4,468,624

—

—

1,149

1,149
86,110

Share-based 

56,632

—

56,632

56,632

(14,172)

42,460

—

—

1,149

—
(698,930)

—
(4,138,025)

1,149
645,702

Share 

capital

HK$’000
927,923
—

Share 

compensation 

Translation 

Accumulated 

premium

HK$’000
4,468,624
—

reserve

HK$’000
86,110
—

reserve

HK$’000
(698,930)
—

losses

HK$’000
(4,138,025)
(20,814)

Total

HK$’000
645,702
(20,814)

—

—

100
—
—

—

—

—
113
—

100
928,023

113
4,468,737

—

—

—
—
6,396

6,396
92,506

(41,360)

—

(41,360)

(41,360)

(20,814)

(62,174)

—
—
—

—
—
—

100
113
6,396

—
(740,290)

—
(4,158,839)

6,609
590,137

The notes on pages 70 to 104 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  OF CHANGES IN EQUITYFor the year ended 30 June 2022Cash flows from operating activities
Loss before tax
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Share-based payment expense
Finance costs
Finance income
Share of loss of joint venture
Movements in provisions
Other non-cash income and expenses
Working capital adjustments:
— (Decrease)/increase in trade receivables & prepayments
— Increase in trade and other payables
Net cash flows used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Investment in joint venture
Interest received
Net cash flows (used in)/from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings
Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares
Payment of principal portion of lease liabilities
Interest on lease payments
Proceeds received on settlement of non-recourse loan shares
Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
Cash used for exploration and evaluation activities included in 

operating activities

ANALYSIS OF BALANCES OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and bank balances
Non-pledged time deposits with original maturity of less than three 

months when acquired

Cash and cash equivalents as stated in the statement of cash 

flows

Note

11
11,18
25
12
12
30

18
30(b)

20

20

Year ended 30 June

2022
HK$’000

2021
HK$’000

(31,865)

(28,318)

30
678
6,396
4,482
(13,197)
136
(314)
135

(34)
13,381
(20,173)

(51)
(130)
16
(165)

—
215
(671)
(131)
5,737
5,150
(15,188)
45,667
(1,682)
28,797

(3,640)

28,797

—

28,797

48
478
1,149
5,220
—
138
395
207

548
294
(19,841)

(19)
(198)
106
(111)

29,142
—
(369)
(208)
—
28,565
8,613
34,919
2,135
45,667

(5,400)

35,172

10,495

45,667

The notes on pages 70 to 104 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

69

ANNUAL REPORT 2022CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  OF CASH FLOWSFor the year ended 30 June 20221.  GENERAL INFORMATION

Brockman  Mining  Limited  (the  “Company”)  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  “Group”)  principally  engage  in  the  acquisition, 
exploration and development of iron ore projects in Australia.

The  Company  is  a  public  company  incorporated  in  Bermuda  as  an  exempted  company  with  limited  liability  and  its  shares  are 
listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “SEHK”) and Australian Securities Exchange (the “ASX”). The address of its 
registered office is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda.

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  Hong  Kong  dollars  (HK$),  and  all  values  are  rounded  to  the  nearest 
thousand (HK$’000), except where otherwise indicated.

2.  BASIS OF PREPARATION

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Brockman  Mining  Limited  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2022  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance  with  all  applicable  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting 
Standards Board. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS  requires  the  use  of  certain  critical  accounting  estimates.  It  also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a 
higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial 
statements are disclosed in Note 4.

(a)  Going concern basis

For the year ended 30 June 2022, the Group recorded a net loss before tax of HK$31,865,000 (2021: HK$28,318,000) and had 
operating cash outflows of HK$20,173,000 (2021: HK$19,841,000). The Group did not record any revenue during the year and 
the  loss  before  tax  for  the  period  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  exploration  and  evaluation  of  the  Company’s  iron  ore 
exploration projects and corporate overhead costs. As at 30 June 2022, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents amounted 
to HK$28,797,000 (2021: HK$45,667,000).

On 22 April 2021, Brockman Iron Pty Ltd (a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) (“Brockman Iron”) and Polaris Metals 
Pty Ltd (“Polaris”) established the Joint Operation. Following the establishment of the Joint Operation, Polaris (or its related 
party) agreed to provide the Joint Operation with funding by way of a project loan sufficient to allow the Joint Operation 
to fund the initial development costs and the forecast capital costs for development. The Joint Operators have agreed to 
initial development works that will be funded by Polaris with the cost estimated to be circa A$36,000,000 (~HK$202,082,000). 
The project loan agreement is expected to be executed by the first half of FY23.

The  loans  from  Polaris  of  A$10,000,000  have  been  released  from  the  escrow  account  pursuant  to  the  Farm-in  and  Joint 
Venture (“FJV”) Agreement. Under the terms of the FJV Agreement these loans are to be repaid from net revenue received 
by Brockman Iron from the sale of its share of product produced and sold from the Joint Operation. The repayment of these 
loans  to  Polaris  must  be  in  priority  to  all  other  payments  from  Net  Revenue  received  by  Brockman  Iron  from  the  sale  of  its 
percentage share of product sold from the Project.

The Group has taken a number of measures to improve its liquidity position, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) 

(ii) 

Extending the repayment date of the existing loans of HK$16,792,000 from the substantial shareholder to 31 October 
2023. These loans bear interest at 12% per annum,

On  19  September  2018,  the  Group  secured  a  standby  loan  facility  from  its  substantial  shareholder  amounting  to 
HK$10,000,000.  If  drawn  down,  the  loan  will  be  unsecured,  bear  interest  at  12%  per  annum  and  be  repayable  on  
31 October 2023. As at 30 June 2022, the facility of HK$10,000,000 is undrawn.

The  directors  have  reviewed  the  Group’s  cash  flow  projections  which  cover  a  period  of  not  less  than  twelve  months  from 
the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements. They are of the opinion that, taking into account the above-
mentioned  measures,  the  Group  will  have  sufficient  financial  resources  to  satisfy  its  future  working  capital  requirements 
and  its  financial  obligations  as  and  when  they  fall  due  within  the  next  twelve  months  from  the  date  of  approval  of  these 
consolidated financial statements.

The  directors  believe  that  the  Group  can  continue  to  access  debt  and  equity  funding  to  meet  medium  term  working 
capital requirements and has a history of securing such funding as required in the past to support their belief. In the event 
that  funding  of  an  amount  necessary  to  meet  the  future  budgeted  operational  and  investing  activities  of  the  Group  is 
unavailable,  the  directors  would  undertake  steps  to  curtail  these  operating  and  investment  activities.  Accordingly,  the 
directors  of  the  Company  consider  that  it  is  appropriate  to  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial  statements  on  a  going 
concern basis.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION2.  BASIS OF PREPARATION (Continued)

(a)  Going concern basis (Continued)

Notwithstanding  the  above,  there  remains  material  uncertainty  as  to  whether  the  Group  can  raise  sufficient  funds  as 
outlined above, which may cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore 
whether it will realise its assets and extinguish its liabilities in the normal course of business and at the amounts stated in these 
consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of 
the Group’s assets or to the amounts and classification of liabilities which might be necessary should the Group not continue 
as a going concern.

3. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These 
policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

(a)  Changes in accounting policy and disclosures

New standards, interpretations and amendments adopted by the Group
The Group applied for the first-time certain standards and amendments, which are effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 July 2021. The Group has not early adopted any other standard, interpretation or amendment that has been 
issued but is not yet effective.

Several  amendments  and  interpretations  apply  for  the  first  time  in  2022,  but  do  not  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 
consolidated financial statements of the Group and, hence, have not been disclosed.

The nature and effect of these changes as a result of the adoption of the standards that have an immaterial impact on the 
consolidated financial statements are described below.

Reference to the Conceptual Framework — Amendments to IFRS 3
In May 2020, the IASB issued Amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations — Reference to the Conceptual Framework. The 
amendments  are  intended  to  replace  a  reference  to  the  Framework  for  the  Preparation  and  Preparation  of  the  Financial 
Statements,  issued  in  1989,  with  a  reference  to  the  Conceptual  Framework  for  Financial  Reporting  issued  in  March  2018 
without significantly changing its requirements.

The  Board  added  an  exception  to  the  recognition  principle  of  IFRS  3  to  avoid  the  issue  of  potential  “day  2”  gains  or 
losses  arising  for  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  that  would  be  within  the  scope  of  IAS  37  or  IFRIC  21  Levies,  if  incurred 
separately.

At  the  same  time,  the  Board  decided  to  clarify  existing  guidance  in  IFRS  3  for  contingent  assets  would  not  be  affected 
by  replacing  the  reference  to  the  Framework  for  the  Preparation  and  Presentation  of  Financial  Statements.  The  Group  is 
currently assessing the impact of these amendments.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and apply prospectively.

The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use — Amendments to IAS 16
In  May  2020,  the  IASB  issued  Property,  Plant  and  Equipment  —  Proceeds  before  Intended  Use,  which  prohibits  entities 
deducting  from  the  cost  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  any  proceeds  from  selling  items,  and  the  costs  of 
producing those items, in profit or loss.

The  amendment  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2022  and  must  be  applied 
retrospectively to items of property, plant and equipment made available for use on or after the beginning of the earliest 
period presented when the entity first applies the amendment.

The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

71

ANNUAL REPORT 20223. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(a)  Changes in accounting policy and disclosures (Continued)

New standards, interpretations and amendments adopted by the Group (Continued)
Onerous Contracts — Costs of Fulfilling a Contract — Amendments to IAS 37
In  May  2020,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IAS  37  to  specify  which  costs  an  entity  needs  to  include  when  assessing 
whether a contract is onerous or loss-making.

The  amendments  apply  a  “directly  related  cost  approach”.  The  costs  that  relate  directly  to  a  contract  to  provide  goods 
or  services  include  both  incremental  costs  and  an  allocation  of  costs  directly  related  to  contract  activities.  General  and 
administrative  costs  do  not  relate  directly  to  a  contract  and  are  excluded  unless  they  are  explicitly  chargeable  to  the 
counterparty under the contract.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022. The Group will apply these 
amendments to contracts for which it has not yet fulfilled all its obligations at the beginning of the annual reporting period 
in which it first applies the amendments. The Group is currently assessing the impact of these amendments.

IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards — Subsidiary as a first-time adopter
As  part  of  its  2018-2020  annual  improvements  to  IFRS  standards  process,  the  IASB  issued  an  amendment  to  IFRS  1  First-
time  Adoption  of  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards.  The  amendment  permits  a  subsidiary  that  elects  to  apply 
paragraph D16(a) of IFRS 1 to measure cumulative translation differences using the amounts reported by the parent, based 
on the parent’s date of transition to IFRS. This amendment is also applied to an associate or joint venture that elects to apply 
paragraph D16(a) of IFRS 1.

The  amendment  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2022.  The  amendments  are  not 
expected to have a material impact on the Group.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments — Fees in the “10 per cent” test for derecognition of financial liabilities
As part of its 2018-2020 annual improvements to IFRS standards, the IASB issued an amendment to IFRS 9. The amendment 
clarifies  the  fees  that  an  entity  includes  when  assessing  whether  the  terms  of  a  new  or  modified  financial  liability  are 
substantially different from the terms of the original financial liability. These fees include only those paid or received between 
the  borrower  and  the  lender,  including  fees  paid  or  received  by  either  the  borrower  or  lender  on  the  other’s  behalf.  An 
entity applies the amendment to financial liabilities that are modified or exchanged on or after the beginning of the annual 
reporting period in which the entity first applies the amendment.

The  amendment  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2022.  The  Group  will  apply  the 
amendments to financial liabilities that are modified or exchanged on or after the beginning of the annual reporting period 
in which the entity first applies the amendment.

The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

Standards issued but not yet effective
The  new  and  amended  standards  and  interpretations  that  are  issued,  but  not  yet  effective,  up  to  the  date  of  issuance  of 
the Group’s financial statements are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these new and amended standards and 
interpretations, if applicable, when they become effective.

Amendments to IAS 1: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current
In  January  2020,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  paragraphs  69  to  76  of  IAS  1  to  specify  the  requirements  for  classifying 
liabilities as current or non-current. The amendments clarify:

• 

• 

• 

• 

What is meant by a right to defer settlement

That a right to defer must exist at the end of the reporting period

That classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral right

That only if an embedded derivative in a convertible liability is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability 
not impact its classification.

The  amendments  are  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2024  and  must  be  applied 
retrospectively. The Group is currently assessing the impact the amendments will have on current practice.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION3. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(a)  Changes in accounting policy and disclosures (Continued)

Standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)
Definition of Accounting Estimates — Amendments to IAS 8
In  February  2021,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IAS  8,  in  which  it  introduced  a  definition  of  “accounting  estimates”.  The 
amendments  clarify  the  distinction  between  changes  in  accounting  estimates  and  changes  in  accounting  policies  and 
the  correction  of  errors.  Also,  they  clarify  how  entities  use  measurement  techniques  and  inputs  to  develop  accounting 
estimates.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and apply to changes in 
accounting policies and changes in accounting estimates that occur on or after the start of that period. Earlier application 
is permitted as long as this fact is disclosed.

The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

Disclosure of Accounting Policies — Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2
In  February  2021,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IAS  1  and  IFRS  Practice  Statement  2  Making  Materiality  Judgements,  in 
which it provides guidance and examples to help entities apply materiality judgements to accounting policy disclosures. The 
amendments aim to help entities provide accounting policy disclosures that are more useful by replacing the requirement 
for  entities  to  disclose  their  “significant”  accounting  policies  with  a  requirement  to  disclose  their  “material”  accounting 
policies  and  adding  guidance  on  how  entities  apply  the  concept  of  materiality  in  making  decisions  about  accounting 
policy disclosures.

The  amendments  to  IAS  1  are  applicable  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2023  with  earlier  application 
permitted. Since the amendments to the Practice Statement 2 provide non-mandatory guidance on the application of the 
definition of material accounting policy information, an effective date for these amendments is not necessary.

The  Group  is  currently  assessing  the  impact  of  the  amendments  to  determine  the  impact  they  will  have  on  the  Group’s 
accounting policy disclosures.

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction — Amendments to IAS 12
In May 2021, the Board issued amendments to IAS 12, which narrow the scope of the initial recognition exception under IAS 
12, so that it no longer applies to transactions that give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences.

The  amendments  clarify  that  where  payments  that  settle  a  liability  are  deductible  for  tax  purposes,  it  is  a  matter  of 
judgement  (having  considered  the  applicable  tax  law)  whether  such  deductions  are  attributable  for  tax  purposes  to  the 
liability  recognised  in  the  financial  statements  (and  interest  expense)  or  to  the  related  asset  component  (and  interest 
expense).  This  judgement  is  important  in  determining  whether  any  temporary  differences  exist  on  initial  recognition  of  the 
asset and liability.

Under  the  amendments,  the  initial  recognition  exception  does  not  apply  to  transactions  that,  on  initial  recognition,  give 
rise  to  equal  taxable  and  deductible  temporary  differences.  It  only  applies  if  the  recognition  of  a  lease  asset  and  lease 
liability (or decommissioning liability and decommissioning asset component) give rise to taxable and deductible temporary 
differences that are not equal.

Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and the Group is currently assessing the impact 
of the amendments to determine the impact they will have on the Group’s accounting policy disclosures.

(b) 

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries  are  all  entities  (including  structured  entities)  over  which  the  Group  has  control.  The  Group  controls  an  entity 
when  the  Group  is  exposed  to,  or  has  rights  to,  variable  returns  from  its  involvement  with  the  entity  and  has  the  ability 
to  affect  those  returns  through  its  power  over  the  entity.  Subsidiaries  are  consolidated  from  the  date  on  which  control  is 
transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

Intra-group  transactions,  balances  and  unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between  group  companies  are  eliminated. 
Unrealised  losses  are  also  eliminated  unless  the  transaction  provides  evidence  of  an  impairment  of  the  transferred  asset. 
When necessary, amounts reported by subsidiaries have been adjusted to conform with the Group’s accounting policies.

(i) 

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change of control
Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions 
with equity holders of the Group. The difference between fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share 
acquired  of  the  carrying  amount  of  net  assets  of  the  subsidiary  is  recorded  in  equity.  Gains  or  losses  on  disposal  of 
non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity.

73

ANNUAL REPORT 20223. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(b) 

Subsidiaries (Continued)
(ii) 

Disposal of subsidiaries
If  the  Group  loses  control  over  a  subsidiary,  it  derecognises  (i)  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  subsidiary,  (ii)  the 
carrying amount of any non-controlling interest and (iii) the cumulative translation differences recorded in equity; and 
recognises (i) the fair value of the consideration received, (ii) the fair value of any investment retained and (iii) any 
resulting surplus or deficit in profit or loss. It means the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income 
are reclassified to profit or loss or transferred to another category of equity or specified/permitted by applicable IFRS.

(c) 

Joint arrangements
The  Group  undertakes  a  number  of  business  activities  through  joint  arrangements.  A  joint  arrangement  is  an  arrangement 
over  which  two  or  more  parties  have  joint  control.  Joint  control  is  the  contractually  agreed  sharing  of  control  over  an 
arrangement  which  exists  only  when  the  decisions  about  the  relevant  activities  (being  those  that  significantly  affect  the 
returns  of  the  arrangement)  require  the  unanimous  consent  of  the  parties  sharing  control.  The  Group’s  joint  arrangements 
are of two types:

(i) 

Joint operations
A joint operation is a type of joint arrangement in which the parties with joint control of the arrangement have rights 
to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement.

In relation to its interests in joint operations, the financial statements of the Group includes:

• 

• 

• 

• 

Assets, including its share of any liabilities incurred jointly

Liabilities, including its share of any liabilities incurred jointly

Revenue from the sale of its share of the output arising from the joint operation

Expenses, including its share of any expenses incurred jointly.

All  such  amounts  are  measured  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  each  arrangement  which  are  in  proportion  to  the 
Group’s interest in each asset and liability, income and expense of the relevant joint operation.

(ii) 

Joint Ventures
A  joint  venture  is  a  type  of  joint  arrangement  in  which  the  parties  with  joint  control  of  the  arrangement  have  rights 
to  the  net  assets  of  the  arrangement.  A  separate  vehicle  (not  the  parties)  will  have  the  rights  to  the  assets  and 
obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

Under  the  equity  method  of  accounting,  interests  in  joint  ventures  are  initially  recognised  at  cost  and  adjusted 
thereafter  to  recognise  the  Group’s  share  of  the  post-acquisition  profits  or  losses  and  movements  in  other 
comprehensive income. When the Group’s share of losses in joint ventures equals or exceeds its interests in the joint 
ventures  (which  includes  any  long-term  interests  that,  in  substance,  form  part  of  the  Group’s  net  investment  in  the 
joint  ventures),  the  Group  does  not  recognise  further  losses,  unless  it  has  incurred  obligations  or  made  payments  on 
behalf of the joint ventures.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s 
interest  in  the  joint  ventures.  Unrealised  losses  are  also  eliminated  unless  the  transaction  provides  evidence  of  an 
impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of the joint ventures have been changed where necessary 
to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

(d) 

(e) 

Segment reporting
Operating  segments  are  reported  in  a  manner  consistent  with  internal  reports  provided  to  Chief  Operating  Decision 
Maker, which comprise the executive directors of the Company who are responsible for allocating resources and assessing 
performance of the operating segments.

Foreign currency translation
(i) 

Functional and presentation currency
Items  included  in  the  financial  statements  of  each  of  the  Group’s  entities  are  measured  using  the  currency  of  the 
primary  economic  environment  in  which  the  entity  operates  (the  “functional  currency”).  The  consolidated  financial 
statements  are  presented  in  Hong  Kong  dollars,  which  is  the  Company’s  functional  and  the  Group’s  presentation 
currency.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION3. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(e) 

Foreign currency translation (Continued)
Transactions and balances
(ii) 
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the 
dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from 
the  settlement  of  such  transactions  and  from  the  translation  at  year-end  exchange  rates  of  monetary  assets  and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the profit and loss.

Foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  that  relate  to  borrowings  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  presented  in  the 
profit and loss.

(iii)  Group companies

The  results  and  financial  position  of  all  the  Group  entities  (none  of  which  has  the  currency  of  a  hyperinflationary 
economy)  that  have  a  functional  currency  different  from  the  presentation  currency  are  translated  into  the 
presentation currency as follows:

— 

— 

assets  and  liabilities  for  each  balance  sheet  presented  are  translated  at  the  closing  rate  at  the  date  of  that 
balance sheet;

income  and  expenses  for  each  statement  of  comprehensive  income  are  translated  at  average  exchange 
rate  (unless  this  average  is  not  a  reasonable  approximation  of  the  cumulative  effect  of  the  rates  prevailing 
on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rates on the dates of the 
transactions); and

— 

all resulting currency translation differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

— 

for  the  purpose  of  the  consolidated  statements  of  cash  flows,  the  cash  flows  of  overseas  subsidiaries  are 
translated  into  Hong  Kong  dollars  at  the  exchange  rates  ruling  at  the  dates  of  the  cash  flows.  Frequently 
recurring  cash  flows  of  overseas  subsidiaries  which  arise  throughout  the  year  are  translated  into  Hong  Kong 
dollars at the weighted average exchange rates for the year.

(iv)  Disposal of foreign operation and partial disposal

On  the  disposal  of  a  foreign  operation  (that  is,  a  disposal  of  the  Group’s  entire  interest  in  a  foreign  operation,  a 
disposal  involving  loss  of  control  over  a  subsidiary  that  includes  a  foreign  operation),  all  of  the  currency  translation 
differences  accumulated  in  equity  in  respect  of  that  operation  attributable  to  the  owners  of  the  Company  are 
reclassified to profit or loss.

In  the  case  of  a  partial  disposal  that  does  not  result  in  the  Group  losing  control  over  a  subsidiary  that  includes  a 
foreign  operation,  the  proportionate  share  of  accumulated  currency  translation  differences  is  re-attributed  to  non-
controlling  interests  and  is  not  recognised  in  profit  and  loss.  For  all  other  partial  disposals  (that  is,  reductions  in  the 
Group’s ownership interest in joint ventures that do not result in the Group losing joint control) the proportionate share 
of the accumulated exchange difference is reclassified to profit and loss.

(f) 

Mining exploration properties
Mining  exploration  properties  are  stated  in  the  balance  sheet  at  cost  less  subsequent  accumulated  amortisation  and  any 
accumulated  impairment  losses.  Mining  exploration  properties  are  amortised  using  the  units  of  production  method  based 
on the proven and probable mineral reserves and starts when commercial production commences.

Mining  exploration  properties  acquired  in  a  business  combination  are  identified  and  recognised  as  intangible  assets 
separately  from  goodwill  where  they  satisfy  the  definition  of  an  intangible  asset  and  their  fair  values  can  be  measured 
reliably. The cost of such intangible assets is their fair value at the acquisition date.

Impairment  reviews  of  mining  exploration  properties  are  undertaken  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  a 
potential  impairment.  The  carrying  value  of  mining  exploration  properties  is  compared  to  the  recoverable  amount,  which 
is  the  higher  of  value-in-use  and  the  fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal.  For  the  purposes  of  assessing  impairment,  assets 
are  grouped  at  the  lowest  levels  for  which  there  are  separately  identifiable  cash  flows  (cash-generating  units).  Mining 
exploration properties that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

(g) 

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of an 
item of property, plant and equipment comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset 
to its working condition and location for its intended use.

75

ANNUAL REPORT 20223. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(g) 

Property, plant and equipment (Continued)
Expenditure  incurred  after  items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  have  been  put  into  operation,  such  as  repairs  and 
maintenance,  is  normally  charged  to  profit  or  loss  in  the  period  in  which  it  is  incurred.  In  situations  where  the  recognition 
criteria  are  satisfied,  the  expenditure  for  a  major  inspection  is  capitalised  in  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  as  a 
replacement.  Where  significant  parts  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  required  to  be  replaced  at  intervals,  the 
Company recognises such parts as individual assets with specific useful lives and depreciates them accordingly.

Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line basis to write off the cost of each item of property, plant and equipment to 
its residual value over its estimated useful life. The principal annual rates used for this purpose are as follows:

Plant, furniture, fixtures and equipment 

12.5% — 25% per annum

Where  parts  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  have  different  useful  lives,  the  cost  of  that  item  is  allocated 
on  a  reasonable  basis  among  the  parts  and  each  part  is  depreciated  separately.  Residual  values,  useful  lives  and  the 
depreciation method are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at least at each financial year end.

An item of property, plant and equipment including any significant part initially recognised is derecognised upon disposal 
or  when  no  future  economic  benefits  are  expected  from  its  use  or  disposal.  Any  gain  or  loss  on  disposal  or  retirement  is 
recognised in the profit and loss in the year the asset is derecognised and determined as is the difference between the net 
sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the relevant asset.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that are subject to impairment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable.  An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  for  the  amount  by  which  the  cash 
generating  unit  carrying  amount  exceeds  its  recoverable  amount.  The  recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  a  cash 
generating  unit’s  fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal  and  value-in-use.  For  the  purpose  of  assessing  impairment,  assets  are 
grouped  at  the  lowest  levels  for  which  there  are  separately  identifiable  cash  flows  (cash-generating  unit).  Non-financial 
assets that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

Financial assets
i) 

Classification and measurement
Financial  assets  are  classified,  at  initial  recognition,  as  subsequently  measured  at  amortised  cost  or  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss.

(h) 

(i) 

The  classification  of  financial  assets  at  initial  recognition  depends  on  the  financial  asset’s  contractual  cash  flow 
characteristics  and  the  Group’s  business  model  for  managing  them.  With  the  exception  of  trade  receivables  that 
do  not  contain  a  significant  financing  component  or  for  which  the  Group  has  applied  the  practical  expedient,  the 
Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through 
profit or loss, transaction costs. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which 
the Group has applied the practical expedient are measured at the transaction price determined under IFRS 15.

In order for a financial asset to be classified and measured at amortised cost, it needs to give rise to cash flows that 
are  solely  payments  of  principal  and  interest  (SPPI)  on  the  principal  amount  outstanding.  Financial  assets  with  cash 
flows  that  are  not  SPPI  are  classified  and  measured  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss,  irrespective  of  the  business 
model.

The  Group’s  business  model  for  managing  financial  assets  refers  to  how  it  manages  its  financial  assets  in  order  to 
generate  cash  flows.  The  business  model  determines  whether  cash  flows  will  result  from  collecting  contractual  cash 
flows, selling the financial assets, or both. Financial assets classified and measured at amortised cost are held within 
a business model with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows. While financial 
assets classified and measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and held within a business model 
with the objective of both holding to collect contractual cash flows and selling. Financial assets which are not held 
within the aforementioned business models are classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss.

At  30  June  2022,  the  group  does  not  have  any  financial  assets  classified  and  measured  at  fair  value  through  other 
comprehensive income (2021: Nil).

ii) 

Subsequent measurement
Financial  assets  at  amortised  cost  are  subsequently  measured  using  the  effective  interest  (EIR)  method  and  are 
subject  to  impairment. Gains  and  losses are recognised in profit  or loss when the asset is derecognised, modified or 
impaired.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are carried in the balance sheet at fair value with net changes in 
fair value recognised in the profit and loss.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION3. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(i) 

Financial assets (Continued)
iii) 

Offsetting financial instruments
Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  and  the  net  amount  reported  in  the  balance  sheet  when  there  is  a  legally 
enforceable  right  to  offset  the  recognised  amounts  and  there  is  an  intention  to  settle  on  a  net  basis  or  realise  the 
asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

iv) 

Impairment of financial assets
Simplified approach
For trade receivables and contract assets that do not contain a significant financing component or when the Group 
applies the practical expedient of not adjusting the effect of a significant financing component, the Group applies 
the  simplified  approach  in  calculating  ECLs.  Under  the  simplified  approach,  the  Group  does  not  track  changes  in 
credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date.

j) 

Financial liabilities
i) 

Initial recognition and measurement
Financial  liabilities  are  classified,  at  initial  recognition,  as  financial  liabilities  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss,  loans, 
borrowings and payables, as appropriate. All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case 
of  loans,  borrowings  and  payables,  net  of  directly  attributable  transactions  costs.  The  Group’s  financial  liabilities 
include trade and other payables, and other borrowings.

The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification as follows:

ii) 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and borrowings)
After  initial  recognition,  interest-bearing  loans  and  borrowings  are  subsequently  measured  at  amortised  cost,  using 
the  EIR  method  unless  the  effect  of  discounting  would  be  immaterial,  in  which  case  they  are  stated  at  cost.  Gains 
and losses are recognised in the statement of profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the 
effective interest rate amortisation process.

Amortised  cost  is  calculated  by  taking  into  account  any  discount  or  premium  on  acquisition  and  fees  or  costs  that 
are an integral part of the effective interest rate. The effective interest rate amortisation is included in finance costs in 
the statement of profit or loss.

Derecognition of financial liabilities
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled, or expires.

When  an  existing  financial  liability  is  replaced  by  another  from  the  same  lender  on  substantially  different  terms, 
or  the  terms  of  an  existing  liability  are  substantially  modified,  such  an  exchange  or  modification  is  treated  as  a 
derecognition of the original liability and a recognition of a new liability, and the difference between the respective 
carrying amounts is recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

(k)  Other receivables

Other  receivables  are  amounts  due  from  transactions  outside  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  If  collection  of  other 
receivables is expected in one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer), they are classified as 
current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.

Other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method, 
less provision for impairment.

(l) 

Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits, 
and have a short maturity of generally within three months when acquired.

For  the  purpose  of  the  balance  sheet,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  on  hand  and  at  banks,  including  term 
deposits with a maturity of three months or less.

77

ANNUAL REPORT 20223. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(m) 

Related parties
A party is considered to be related to the Group if:

(a) 

The party is a person or a close member of that person’s family and that person
i. 

Has control or joint control over the Group;

ii. 

Has significant influence over the Group; or

iii. 

Is a member of the key management personnel of the Group or of a parent of the Group;

Or

(b) 

The party is an entity where any of the following conditions applies:
i. 

The entity and the Group are members of the same group;

ii. 

One  entity  is  an  associate  or  joint  venture  of  the  other  entity  (or  of  a  parent,  subsidiary  or  fellow  subsidiary  of 
the other entity);

iii. 

The entity and the Group are joint ventures of the same third party;

iv. 

One entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;

v. 

The entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a);

vi. 

vii. 

A  person  identified  in  (a)(i)  has  significant  influence  over  the  entity  or  is  a  member  of  the  key  management 
personnel of the entity (or of a parent of the entity) and

The entity, or any member of a group of which it is a part, provides key management personnel services to the 
Group or to the parent of the Group.

(n) 

(o) 

(p) 

(q) 

Share capital
Ordinary  shares  are  classified  as  equity,  incremental  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  issue  of  new  shares  or  options  are 
shown in equity as deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Trade and other payables
Trade  payables  are  obligations  to  pay  for  goods  or  services  that  have  been  acquired  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business 
from suppliers. Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal 
operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities. Trade and other payables are 
recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method.

Borrowings
Borrowings  are  recognised  initially  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred.  Borrowings  are  subsequently  carried  at 
amortised cost; and difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in 
the profit and loss over the period of the borrowing using the EIR method.

Fees paid on the settlement of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable 
that  some  or  all  of  the  facility  will  be  drawn  down.  In  this  case,  the  fee  is  deferred  until  the  draw-down  occurs.  To  the 
extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a 
prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability 
for at least 12 months after the end of the reporting period.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition,  construction  or  production  of  qualifying  assets,  i.e.,  assets  that 
necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are capitalised as part of the cost 
of those assets. The capitalisation of such borrowing costs ceases when the assets are substantially ready for their intended 
use  or  sale.  Investment  income  earned  on  the  temporary  investment  of  specific  borrowings  pending  their  expenditure  on 
qualifying  assets  is  deducted  from  the  borrowing  costs  capitalised.  All  other  borrowing  costs  are  expensed  in  the  period 
in  which  they  are  incurred.  Borrowing  costs  consist  of  interest  and  other  costs  that  an  entity  incurs  in  connection  with  the 
borrowing of funds.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION3. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(r) 

Current and deferred income tax
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised 
outside profit or loss, either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

All  wholly-owned  Australian  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  form  a  tax  consolidated  group  under  Australian  tax  law  and  are 
taxed as a single entity. Brockman Mining Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd (“BMHA”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, 
is the head entity of the Australian tax consolidated group.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income. Management periodically evaluates 
positions  taken  in  tax  returns  with  respect  to  situations  in  which  applicable  tax  regulation  is  subject  to  interpretation.  It 
establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred  income  tax  is  recognised,  using  the  liability  method,  on  temporary  differences  arising  between  the  tax  bases  of 
assets  and  liabilities  and  their  carrying  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  However,  the  deferred  income 
tax  is  not  accounted  for  if  it  arises  from  initial  recognition  of  an  asset  or  liability  in  a  transaction  other  than  a  business 
combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. The initial recognition 
exception is not applied to deferred income tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction (i.e. leases). 
Deferred  income  tax  is  determined  using  tax  rates  (and  laws)  that  have  been  enacted  or  substantively  enacted  by  the 
balance  sheet  date  and  are  expected  to  apply  when  the  related  deferred  income  tax  asset  is  realised  or  the  deferred 
income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which 
the  deductible  temporary  difference  can  be  utilised.  The  carrying  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  reviewed  at  each 
reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow 
all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are re-assessed at each reporting date 
and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to 
be recovered.

Deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  when  there  is  a  legally  enforceable  right  to  offset  current  tax  assets 
against  current  tax  liabilities  and  when  the  deferred  income  taxes  assets  and  liabilities  relate  to  income  taxes  levied  by 
the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the 
balances on a net basis.

(s) 

Employee benefits
(i) 

Short-term obligations
Salaries,  annual  bonuses,  annual  leave  entitlement  and  the  cost  of  non-monetary  benefits  expected  to  be  settled 
within  12  months  after  the  end  of  the  period  in  which  the  employees  render  the  related  service  are  recognised  in 
respect  of  employees’  services  up  to  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  and  are  measured  at  the  amounts  expected 
to  be  paid  when  the  liabilities  are  settled.  The  liability  for  annual  leave  is  recognised  in  the  provision  for  employee 
benefits. All other short-term employee benefit obligations are presented as payables.

(ii)  Other long term employee benefit obligations

The liability for long service leave which is not expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period in 
which  the  employees  render  the  related  service  is  recognised  in  the  provision  for  employee  benefits  and  measured 
as  the  present  value  of  the  expected  future  payments  to  be  made  in  respect  of  services  provided  by  employees 
up  to the  end of a reporting period. Consideration is given to expected future wages and  salary levels, experience 
of  employee  departures  and  periods  of  services.  Expected  future  payments  are  discounted  using  market  yields  at 
the end of the reporting period on high quality corporate bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as 
closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional 
right to defer settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting date, regardless of when the actual settlement 
is expected to occur.

(iii) 

Pension obligations
The Group participates in various defined contribution schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments 
to  insurance  companies,  trustee-administrated  funds  or  the  relevant  government  authorities.  A  defined  contribution 
plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no legal 
or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees 
the benefits relating to the employee services in the current and prior periods.

Payments to state-managed retirement benefit and Mandatory Provident Fund retirement schemes are charged as 
expenses when employees have rendered services entitling them to the contributions.

79

ANNUAL REPORT 20223. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(s) 

Employee benefits (Continued)
(iii) 

Pension obligations (Continued)
For  defined contribution  plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance 
plans  on  a  mandatory,  contractual  or  voluntary  basis.  The  Group  has  no  further  payment  obligations  once  the 
contributions  have  been  paid.  The  contributions  are  recognised  as  employee  benefit  expense  when  they  are 
due.  Prepaid  contributions  are  recognised  as  an  asset  to  the  extent  that  a  cash  refund  or  a  reduction  in  the  future 
payment is available.

(t) 

Share-based payments
(i) 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions
The  Group  operates  equity-settled,  share-based  compensation  plans,  under  which  the  entity  receives  services  from 
directors, employees or consultants as consideration for equity instruments (share options) of the Group. The fair value 
of  the  employee  services  received  in  exchange  for  the  grant  of  the  options  is  recognised  as  an  expense.  The  fair 
value is determined by an external valuer using a binomial model, further details of which are given in note 25 to the 
financial statements.

The  cost  of  equity  settled  transactions  is  recognised  in  employee  benefit  expense,  together  with  a  corresponding 
increase  in  equity,  over  the  period  in  which  the  performance  and/or  service  conditions  are  fulfilled.  The  cumulative 
expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at the end of each reporting period until the vesting date reflects 
the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments 
that will ultimately vest. The charge or credit to the statement of profit or loss for a period represents the movement in 
the cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of that period.

The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the option granted:

— 

including any market performance conditions (for example, an entity’s share price);

— 

— 

excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, 
sales growth targets and remaining as an employee of the entity over a specified time period); and

including  the  impact  of  any  non-vesting  conditions  (for  example,  the  requirement  for  employees  to  save  or 
holding shares for a specified period of time).

When  the  options  are  exercised,  the  Company  issues  new  shares.  The  proceeds  received  net  of  any  directly 
attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options are 
exercised.

Where  the  terms  of  an  equity-settled  award  are  modified,  as  a  minimum  an  expense  is  recognised  as  if  the  terms 
had  not  been  modified,  if  the  original  terms  of  the  award  are  met.  In  addition,  an  expense  is  recognised  for  any 
modification  that  increases  the  total  fair  value  of  the  share-based  payments,  or  is  otherwise  beneficial  to  the 
employee as measured at the date of modification.

Where  an  equity-settled  award  is  cancelled,  it  is  treated  as  if  it  had  vested  on  the  date  of  cancellation,  and  any 
expense not yet recognised for the award is recognised immediately.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of earnings per 
share unless they are antidilutive.

(ii) 

Share-based payment transactions among group entities
The  grant  by  the  Company  of  options  over  its  equity  instruments  to  the  employees  of  subsidiary  undertakings  in  the 
Group  is  treated  as  a  capital  contribution.  The  fair  value  of  employee  services  received,  measured  by  reference 
to  the  grant  date  fair  value,  is  recognised  over  the  vesting  period  as  an  increase  to  investment  in  subsidiary 
undertakings, with a corresponding credit to equity in the parent entity accounts.

(u) 

Provisions
A provision is recognised when a present obligation (legal and constructive) has arisen as a result of a past event and it is 
probable  that  a  future  outflow  of  resources  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation,  provided  that  a  reliable  estimate  can 
be made of the amount of the obligation.

When  the  effect  of  discounting  is  material,  the  amount  recognised  for  a  provision  is  the  present  value  at  the  end  of  the 
reporting period of the future expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation. The increase in the discounted 
present value amount arising from the passage of time is included in finance costs in profit and loss.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION3. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(v) 

Revenue recognition
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer 
at  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the  Group  expects  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or 
services.

(w) 

Interest income
Interest  income  is  recognised  on  an  accrual  basis  using  the  EIR  method  by  applying  the  rate  that  exactly  discounts  the 
estimated future cash receipts over the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter period, when appropriate, to 
the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

(x)  Government grants

Grants  from  the  government  are  recognised  at  their  fair  value  where  there  is  a  reasonable  assurance  that  the  grant 
will  be  received  and  the  Group  will  comply  with  all  attached  conditions.  When  the  grant  relates  to  an  expense  item,  it 
is  recognised  as  income  on  a  systematic  basis  over  the  periods  that  the  costs,  which  it  is  intended  to  compensate,  are 
expensed.

(y) 

Exploration and evaluation costs
Except for acquisition costs for mining exploration properties which are capitalised, the Group has a policy of expensing all 
exploration  and  evaluation  expenditure,  in  the  financial  year  in  which  it  incurred,  unless  its  recoupment  out  of  revenue  to 
be derived from the successful development of the prospect, or from sale of that prospect, is assured beyond reasonable 
doubt.

(z) 

Consumption tax (Goods and Services Tax and Value-added Tax)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of consumption tax except:

— 

where  the  consumption  tax  incurred  on  a  purchase  of  goods  and  services  is  not  recoverable  from  the  taxation 
authority, in which case the consumption tax is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of 
the expense item as applicable; and

— 

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of consumption tax included.

The  net  amount  of  consumption  tax  recoverable  from,  or  payable  to,  the  taxation  authority  is  included  as  part  of  the 
receivables or payables in the balance sheet.

Cash flows are included in the consolidated statement of cash flows on a gross basis and the consumption tax component 
of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority, 
are classified as operating cash flows.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of consumption tax recoverable from, or payable to, the 
taxation authority.

(aa)  Leases

The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the 
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

Group as a leasee
The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of 
low-value assets. The Group recognises lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right 
to use the underlying assets. At inception or on reassessment of a contract that contains a lease component and non-lease 
components,  the  Group  adopts  the  practical  expedient  not  to  separate  non-lease  components  and  to  account  for  the 
lease component and the associated non-lease components (e.g., property management services for leases of properties) 
as a single lease component.

Right-of-use assets
The  Group  recognises  right-of-use  assets  at  the  commencement  date  of  the  lease  (i.e.,  the  date  the  underlying  asset  is 
available  for  use).  Right-of-use  assets  are  measured  at  cost,  less  any  accumulated  depreciation  and  impairment  losses, 
and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of the right-of-use asset includes the amount of the initial 
measurement  of  the  lease  liability,  any  lease  payments  made  at  or  before  the  commencement  date,  less  any  lease 
incentives received, any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee, and an estimate of costs to be incurred by the lessee in 
dismantling and  removing the underlying asset, restoring the site on which it is located or restoring the underlying asset to 
the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease. Unless the Group is reasonably certain to obtain ownership 
of the leased asset at the end of lease term, the recognised right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over 
the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease term. Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment.

81

ANNUAL REPORT 20223. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
(aa)  Leases (Continued)

Lease liabilities
At  the  commencement  date  of  the  lease,  the  Group  recognises  lease  liabilities  measured  at  the  present  value  of  lease 
payments  to  be  made  over  the  lease  term.  The  lease  payments  include  fixed  payments  (including  in-substance  fixed 
payments)  less  any  incentives  receivable,  variable  lease  payments  that  depend  on  an  index  or  a  rate,  initially  measured 
using the index or rate as at the commencement date, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. 
The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group 
and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising the option to terminate. 
The  variable  lease  payments  that  do  not  depend  on  an  index  or  a  rate  are  recognised  as  an  expense  in  the  period  on 
which the event or condition that triggers that payment occurs.

In  calculating  the  present  value  of  lease  payments,  the  Group  uses  the  incremental  borrowing  rate  at  the  lease 
commencement  date  if  the  interest  rate  implicit  in  the  lease  is  not  readily  determinable.  After  the  commencement  date, 
the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In 
addition, the carrying amount of the lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a 
change in the in-substance fixed lease payments or a change in the assessment to purchase the underlying asset.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The  Group  applies  the  short-term  lease  recognition  exemption  to  its  short-term  commercial  office  leases  (i.e.,  those  leases 
that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also 
applies the lease of low value assets recognition to commercial office leases that are considered of low value (i.e., less than 
HK$30,000).  Lease  payments  on  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets  are  recognised  as  expense  on  a  straight-
line basis over the lease term.

4.  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and their accompanying disclosures. Uncertainty about 
these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets 
or liabilities affected in the future.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom 
equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

(a) 

Impairment of mining exploration properties in Australia
Mining  exploration  properties  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that 
an  impairment  may  exist.  The  Group  performs  an  assessment  of  impairment  indicators  to  determine  when  facts  and 
circumstances suggest that the carrying amount of mining exploration properties may exceed its recoverable amount.

The  assessment  of  whether  there  are  any  impairment  indicators  in  respect  of  a  mining  exploration  property  involves  a 
number  of  judgments.  These  include  whether  the  Group  has  the  right  to  explore  in  the  specific  area  of  interest,  whether 
ongoing expenditure is planned or budgeted and whether there is sufficient information for a decision to be made that the 
area of interest is not commercially viable.

As at 30 June 2022, the carrying amount of the mining exploration properties is HK$733,677,000 (2021: HK$784,933,000). There 
is no impairment loss recognised for the year ended 30 June 2022 (2021: Nil) as no facts and circumstances suggest that the 
mining exploration properties may be impaired. See Note 17 for further consideration by the Group.

(b)  Measurement of Polaris loans

Estimating the market interest rate
Judgement  is  required  to  determine  the  market  interest  rate  used  to  account  for  the  Polaris  loans.  The  Polaris  loans  were 
initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using a market interest rate of 12% which the 
directors believe best reflects the Group’s market interest rate for a borrowing of this quantum and terms.

Estimating the repayment dates and amounts
The  date  of  repayment  for  the  Polaris  loans  will  depend  on  the  date  of  commencement  of  operations  and  it  is  expected 
that full repayment will be made within two — three months of this date. The remeasurement of the loans from Polaris in the 
current year arose from changes to the estimated loan repayment dates.

As at 30 June 2022, the carrying amount of these borrowings is HK$34,517,000 (2021: HK$41,679,000).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION4.  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (Continued)

(c) 

Income taxes
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses and other deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is 
probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is 
required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised based upon the likely timing and the level 
of future taxable profits, together with future tax planning strategies and changes in factors which provide confirmation of 
the existence and ability to utilise tax losses.

At 30 June 2022, the Group’s total tax losses were HK$1,228,000,000 (2021: HK$1,215,000,000). The Group did not recognise a 
deferred income tax asset in respect of tax losses amounting to approximately HK$860,000,000 (2021: HK$869,000,000) as the 
utilisation of these tax losses is subject to the satisfaction of the loss recoupment rules in the relevant tax jurisdiction as well 
as other uncertainties which mean that their realisation is not considered probable.

The unrecognised tax losses relate to overseas subsidiaries that have a history of losses, do not expire, and may not be used 
to  offset  taxable  or  other  income  elsewhere  in  the  Group.  The  Group  has  determined  that  these  losses  are  not  expected 
to  be  available  for  utilisation  when  taxable  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  On  this  basis,  the  Group  has 
determined  that  it  cannot  recognise  deferred  tax  assets  on  these  unrecognised  tax  losses  carried  forward.  Further  work 
continues in respect of assessing whether these unrecognised tax losses may become available.

(d) 

(e) 

Lease term of contracts with renewal options
The  Group  has  a  lease  contract  that  includes  an  extension  option.  The  Group  applies  judgement  in  evaluating  whether 
or  not  to  exercise  the  extension  option.  That  is,  it  considers  all  relevant  factors  that  create  an  economic  incentive  for  it  to 
exercise the extension. After the commencement date, the Group reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or 
change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise or not to exercise the option to extend. 
The Group includes the renewal period as part of the lease term.

Leases — Estimating the incremental borrowing rate
If or when the lessee cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in a lease, it uses an incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) 
to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is the rate of interest that the lessee would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and 
with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic 
environment. The IBR therefore reflects what the Group “would have to pay”, which requires estimation when no observable 
rates are available (such as for subsidiaries that do not enter into financing transactions) or when it needs to be adjusted to 
reflect the terms and conditions of the lease (for example, when leases are not in the subsidiary’s functional currency).

5. 

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks and management manages and monitors these exposures to ensure 
appropriate  measures  are  implemented  on  a  timely  and  effective  manner.  The  Group  does  not  and  is  prohibited  from  entering 
into derivative contracts for speculative purposes.

i) 

Capital risk management
The  Group  manages  its  capital  to  ensure  that  entities  in  the  Group  will  be  able  to  continue  as  going  concern  while 
maximising  the  return  to  shareholders  through  the  optimisation  of  the  debt  and  equity  balances.  The  directors  of  the 
Company  consider  that  the  capital  structure  of  the  Group  consists  of  long-term  debt  and  lease  liabilities,  and  equity 
attributable to equity holders of the Company comprising issued capital and reserves.

The directors of the Company review the capital structure by considering the cost of capital and the risks associated with 
each  class  of  capital.  Based  on  recommendations  of  the  directors,  the  Group  will  balance  its  overall  capital  structure 
through new share issues as well as the issue of the new debt or the repayment of existing debt. Neither the Company nor 
any  of  its  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  externally  imposed  capital  requirements.  No  changes  were  made  in  the  objectives, 
policies or processes for managing capital during the years ended 30 June 2022 and 2021.

The  Group  monitors  capital  using  a  gearing  ratio,  which  is  long-term  debt  over  equity  and  long-term  debt.  The  gearing 
ratios at 30 June 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

Long-term debt and lease liabilities
Total equity
Total capital
Gearing ratio

2022
HK$’000
51,872
590,137
642,009
8.08%

2021
HK$’000
58,356
645,702
704,058
8.28%

83

ANNUAL REPORT 20225. 

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (Continued)
Financial risk factors (Continued)
i) 

Capital risk management (Continued)
A  decrease  in  the  Group’s  net  debt  and  hence  the  Group’s  gearing  rate  from  8.28%  to  8.08%  at  30  June  2022  compared 
with the 30 June 2021.

(ii) 

Liquidity risk
The  Group’s  primary  cash  requirements  have  been  for  the  payment  for  working  capital  and  exploration  and  evaluation 
activities. The Group generally finances its short term funding requirements with equity funding and loans from shareholders.

The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its financial liabilities. The table has been drawn 
up  based  on  the  undiscounted  cash  flows  of  financial  liabilities  based  on  the  earliest  date  on  which  the  Group  could  be 
required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows.

Within 1 year 
of demand
HK$’000

1 to 2 years
HK$’000

2 — 3 years
HK$’000

Later than 
3 years & 
no later than 
5 years
HK$’000

Total 
undiscounted 
cash flows
HK$’000

Carrying 
amount at 
year ended 
date
HK$’000

30 June 2022
Non-derivative financial 

liabilities:

Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Borrowings

30 June 2021
Non-derivative financial 

liabilities:

Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Borrowings

14,504
626
—
15,130

1,123
828
—
1,951

—
420
18,556
18,976

—
499
15,472
15,971

—
249
—
249

—
—
55,788
55,788

—
314
55,708
56,022

—
441
—
441

14,504
1,295
74,344
90,143

1,123
2,082
71,180
74,385

14,504
1,182
51,309
66,995

1,123
1,939
57,245
60,307

(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

The  date  of  repayment  for  the  loans  from  Polaris  will  depend  on  the  date  of  commencement  of  operations  and  it  is 
expected that full repayment will be made within two — three months of this date.

Fair value estimation
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets, including other receivables, deposits, amounts due from related parties, and 
cash and cash equivalents; and the Group’s financial liabilities, including trade and other payables, amounts due to related 
parties are approximate to their carrying amounts due to their short-term maturities. The fair value of non-current borrowings 
is disclosed in note 23.

Exchange rate risk
The Group is exposed to exchange rate risk primarily in relation to our mineral tenements that are denominated in Australian 
dollars. Depreciation of the Australian dollar may adversely affect our net asset value and earnings when the value of such 
assets is converted to Hong Kong dollars. During the year, no financial instrument was used for hedging purposes.

As at 30 June 2022 and 2021, the Group was not exposed to any significant exchange rate risk.

Credit risk
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk which could cause a financial loss to the Group due to failure to discharge an 
obligation by the counterparties arises from the carrying amount of the trade receivables, other receivables and deposits, 
amount  due  from  a  related  party,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  as  stated  in  the  consolidated  balance 
sheet.

Management  reviews  the  recoverable  amount  of  each  individual  trade  debt  at  each  balance  sheet  date  to  ensure  that 
adequate  impairment  losses  are  made  for  expected  credit  losses  by  assessing  the  credit  quality  of  the  counterparties  by 
taking  into  account  its  financial  position,  past  experience  and  other  factors.  In  this  regard,  the  directors  of  the  Company 
consider that the credit risk of the Group is reduced.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION5. 

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (Continued)
Financial risk factors (Continued)
(v) 

Credit risk (Continued)
The  credit  risk  on  cash  and  cash  equivalents  is  limited  for  both  the  Group  and  the  Company  because  counterparties  are 
mainly the banks with high credit-rating of AA+ assigned by international credit-rating agencies.

The  Group  applies  the  IFRS  9  simplified  approach  to  measuring  expected  credit  losses  which  uses  a  lifetime  expected  loss 
allowance  for  all  trade  receivables  and  contract  assets.  To  measure  the  expected  credit  losses,  trade  receivables  and 
contract assets have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due.

The Group and the Company have no concentration of credit risk, with exposure spread over a number of counterparties.

(vi) 

Interest rate risk
Fair  value  interest  rate  risk  that  the  value  of  a  financial  instrument  will  fluctuate  because  of  changes  in  market  interest 
rates. Cash flow interest rate risk that the future cash flow from a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in 
market interest rates. The Company’s policy is to manage its exposure to interest rate risk by holding cash in short term, fixed 
and  variable  rate  deposits  with  reputable  high  credit  quality  financial  institutions.  The  Company  analyses  its  interest  rate 
exposure and consideration is given to potential renewals of existing positions, alternative financing and or the mix of fixed 
or variable interest rates.

As at 30 June 2022 and 2021, the Group was not exposed to any significant interest rate risk.

6.  REVENUE

There was no revenue during the year ended 30 June 2022 (2021: nil).

7. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with internal reports provided to Chief Operating Decision Maker, being 
the executive directors of the Company who are responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating 
segments. The executive directors consider the performance of the Group from a business perspective.

The Group’s reportable operating segment is as follows:

Mineral  tenements  in  Australia  —  tenement  acquisition,  exploration  and  towards  future  development  of  iron  ore  projects  in 
Western Australia

Others primarily relate to the provision of corporate services for investment holding companies. These activities are excluded from 
the reportable operating segments and are presented to reconcile to the totals included in the Group’s consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income and consolidated balance sheet.

Executive directors assess and review the performance of the operating segments based on segment results which is calculated 
as loss before income tax less share of profit/(losses) of joint ventures.

Segment  assets  reported  to  executive  directors  of  the  Company  are  measured  in  a  manner  consistent  with  that  in  the 
consolidated balance sheet.

85

ANNUAL REPORT 20227. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)
(a) 

The following is an analysis of the Group’s results by business segment:

For the year ended 30 June 2022:
Segments results

Share of loss of joint ventures
Loss before income tax

Other information:
Depreciation of property, plant, equipment 

and right-of-use asset

Exploration and evaluation expenses
Share based payment expense
Income tax benefit

For the year ended 30 June 2021:
Segments results

Share of loss of joint ventures
Loss before income tax

Other information:
Depreciation of property, plant, equipment 

and right-of-use assets

Exploration and evaluation expenses
Share based payment expenses
Income tax benefit

Mineral 
tenements in 
Australia
HK$’000

Others
HK$’000

(12,463)

(19,266)

(352)
(17,677)
—
11,051

(356)
—
(6,396)
—

(14,943)

(13,236)

(377)
(5,494)
—
14,146

(149)
—
(1,149)
—

Total
HK$’000

(31,729)

(136)
(31,865)

(708)
(17,677)
(6,396)
11,051

(28,179)

(139)
(28,318)

(526)
(5,494)
(1,149)
14,146

(b) 

The following is an analysis of the Group’s total assets by business segment as at 30 June 2022:

As at 30 June 2022:
Segment assets

Total segment assets include:
Interest in joint ventures
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets

As at 30 June 2021:
Segment assets

Total segment assets include:
Interests in joint ventures
Property, plant & equipment
Right-of-use assets

Mineral 
tenements in 
Australia
HK$’000

Others
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

758,848

6,377

765,225

651
174
623

—
3
178

651
177
801

823,358

10,815

834,173

703
162
1,006

—
5
532

703
167
1,538

(c)  Geographical information

The  mineral  tenements  are  located  in  Australia,  and,  the  following  is  an  analysis  of  the  carrying  amounts  of  the  Group’s 
mining exploration properties, property plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and interests in joint ventures analysed by 
geographical area in which the assets are located:

Hong Kong
Australia

2022
HK$’000
181
735,125

2021
HK$’000
537
786,804

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION8. 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSE

Salaries and other benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based compensation

2022
HK$’000
11,630
587
6,396
18,613

2021
HK$’000
11,917
575
1,149
13,641

9. 

FIVE HIGHEST PAID EMPLOYEES
Of the five individuals who received the highest emoluments in the Group for the year, three (2021: three) are the directors of the 
Company whose emoluments are disclosed in Note 14. The emoluments of the remaining two (2021: two) highest paid employees 
who are neither a director nor chief executive officer of the Company are as follows:

Salaries and other benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based compensation

The emoluments of the remaining individuals fell within the following bands:

HK$1,000,000 — HK$2,000,000
HK$2,000,001 — HK$3,000,000
HK$3,000,001 — HK$4,000,000

2022
HK$’000
2,834
179
937
3,950

Number of individuals

2022
—
1
1
2

2021
HK$’000
2,900
176
244
3,320

2021
2
—
—
2

During  the  prior  year,  share  options  were  granted  to  the  highest  paid  non-director  employees  in  respect  to  their  services  to  the 
Group,  further  details  of  which  are  included  in  the  disclosures  in  note  25  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  fair  value 
of  such  options,  which  has  been  recognised  in  the  statement  of  profit  or  loss  over  the  vesting  period,  was  determined  as  at  the 
date of grant and the amount included in the financial statements for the current year is included in the above highest paid non-
director employees’ remuneration disclosures.

10.  OTHER INCOME

Government grant (Note a)

2022
HK$’000
97
97

2021
HK$’000
162
162

Note a:  During  30  June  2022,  there  was  a  government  grant,  provided  by  the  Hong  Kong  Government  to  retain  employees  due  to  the  implications 

caused by COVID-19 (HK$97,000), (30 June 2021: HK$162,000).

87

ANNUAL REPORT 202211.  LOSS BEFORE TAX

The Group’s loss before tax from continuing operations is arrived at after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities
Auditor’s remuneration:
Audit services
Non-audit services
Staff costs (including directors emoluments (note 14))
Equity-settled share option expense
Exploration and evaluation expenses  

(excluding staff costs and rental expenses)

12.  FINANCE INCOME, NET

An analysis of finance income, net is as follows:

Finance income

Interest income on bank deposits
Remeasurement of the loans from Polaris

Finance costs

Interest on lease liabilities
Interest on borrowings

Finance income, net

2022
HK$’000
30
678
—

1,103
113
12,217
6,396

16,271

2022
HK$’000

14
13,197

(131)
(4,482)
8,598

2021
HK$’000
48
478
198

1,163
389
12,492
1,149

4,033

2021
HK$’000

88
—

(208)
(5,220)
(5,340)

13.  INCOME TAX BENEFIT

No  provision  for  Hong  Kong  Profits  tax  or  overseas  income  tax  has  been  made  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  the 
Group has no assessable profit for the year (2021: Nil). The applicable corporate income tax rate is 30% (2021: 30%) for subsidiaries 
in Australia and Hong Kong 16.50% (2021: 16.50%).

The income tax on the Group’s loss before income tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the enacted tax 
rate of the consolidated entities as follows:

Loss before income tax
Tax calculated at the applicable domestic tax rate of respective 

companies (note a)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Deferred tax assets recognised
Tax losses for which no deferred income tax asset was recognised
Income tax benefit

Note a:  The weighted average applicable tax rate was 22% (2021: 23%).

2022
HK$’000
(31,865)

(6,959)
1,096
(7,311)
2,123
(11,051)

2021
HK$’000
(28,319)

(6,709)
856
(10,041)
1,748
(14,146)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION14.  BENEFITS AND INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS

(a) 

Directors’ emoluments
Directors’  remuneration  for  the  year,  disclosed  pursuant  to  the  Listing  Rules,  section  383(1)(a),  (b),  (c)  and  (f)  of  the 
Hong  Kong  Companies  Ordinance  and  Part  2  of  the  Companies  (Disclosure  of  Information  amount  Benefits  of  Directors) 
Regulation.

The remuneration of every director for the year ended 30 June 2022 is set out below:

Name

Kwai Sze Hoi
Chan Kam Kwan, Jason
Kwai Kwun, Lawrence
Liu Zhengui
Yap Far Suan, Henry
Choi Yue Chun, Eugene
David Rolf Welch
Ross Stewart Norgard
Colin Paterson
Total

Fees
HK$’000

Salary
HK$’000

Discretionary 
bonuses
HK$’000

Housing 
allowance
HK$’000

Share based 
payment 
expense
HK$’000

Retirement 
benefit 
scheme
HK$’000

—
—
—
240
228
228
227
227
—
1,150

—
123
1,083
—
—
—
—
—
2,328
3,534

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
960
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
960

—
777
—
117
117
117
117
117
716
2,078

—
50
50
—
—
—
—
—
133
233

The remuneration of every director for the year ended 30 June 2021 is set out below:

Name

Kwai Sze Hoi
Chan Kam Kwan, Jason
Kwai Kwun, Lawrence
Liu Zhengui
Yap Far Suan, Henry
Choi Yue Chun, Eugene
David Rolf Welch
Ross Stewart Norgard
Colin Paterson
Total

Fees
HK$’000

Salary
HK$’000

Discretionary 
bonuses
HK$’000

Housing 
allowance
HK$’000

Share based 
payment
expense
HK$’000

Retirement 
benefit 
scheme
HK$’000

—
—
—
240
228
228
229
229
—
1,154

—
40
1,000
—
—
—
—
—
2,395
3,435

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
960
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
960

—
8
—
1
1
1
1
1
8
21

—
50
50
—
—
—
—
—
124
224

Total
HK$’000

—
1,910
1,133
357
345
345
344
344
3,177
7,955

Total
HK$’000

—
1,058
1,050
241
229
229
230
230
2,527
5,794

During  the  prior  year,  certain  directors  were  granted  options,  under  the  share  option  scheme  of  the  Company,  further 
details of which are set out in note 25 to the financial statements. The fair value of such options, which has been recognised 
in the statement of profit or loss over the vesting period, was determined as at the date of grant and the amount included 
in  the  financial  statements  for  the  current  year  is  included  in  the  above  directors’  and  chief  executives’  remuneration 
disclosures.

There  was  no  arrangement  under  which  a  director  or  the  chief  executive  waived  or  agreed  to  waive  any  remuneration 
during the year.

(b) 

Directors’ retirement benefits
No retirement benefits were paid to or receivable by any directors in respect of their other services in connection with the 
management of the affairs of the Company or its subsidiaries (2021: Nil).

(c) 

Directors’ termination benefits
No payment was made to directors as compensation for early termination of their appointment during the year (2021: Nil).

(d)  Consideration provided to third parties for making available directors’ services

No payment was made to any former employer of directors for making available the services of them as a director of the 
Company (2021: Nil).

89

ANNUAL REPORT 202214.  BENEFITS AND INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS (Continued)

(e) 

(f) 

(g) 

Information about loans, quasi-loans and other dealings in favour of directors, controlled bodies corporate by and 
connected entities with such directors
As at 30 June 2022, there were no loans, quasi-loans and other dealings in favour of directors, controlled bodies corporate 
by and connected entities with such directors during the year (2021: Nil).

Directors’ material interests in transactions, arrangements or contracts
No significant transactions, arrangements or contracts in relation to the Company’s business to which the Company was a 
party and in which a director of the Company had a material interest, whether directly or indirectly, subsisted at the end of 
the year or at any time during the year (2021: Nil).

Remuneration paid or receivable in respect of accepting office as director
There  was  no  remuneration  paid  or  receivable  in  respect  of  accepting  office  as  director  and  other  emoluments  paid  or 
receivable  in  respect  of  director’s  other  services  in  connection  with  the  management  of  the  affairs  of  the  Company  or  its 
subsidiary undertaking during the year (2021: Nil).

15.  LOSS PER SHARE

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to the equity holders of the Company by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares on issue during the period.

Diluted  loss  per  share  is  calculated  by  adjusting  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  and  to  assume 
conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Loss for the period attributable to the equity holders of the Company 

(HK$’000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of 

2022

2021

(20,814)

(14,172)

calculating the loss per share (thousands)

9,279,410

9,279,232

Effects of dilution from:

— share options (thousands)

104,500

195,000

Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect 

of dilution (thousands)

9,383,732(*)

9,334,133(*)

Loss per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company:

Basic (HK cents)

Diluted (HK cents)

(0.22)

(0.22)(*)

(0.15)

(0.15)(*)

Note (*):  Because the diluted loss per share amount is decreased when taking share options into account, the share options had an anti-dilutive effect 

on  the  basic  loss  per  share  for  the  year  and  were  ignored  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  loss  per  share.  Therefore,  the  diluted  loss  per  share 

amounts  are  based  on  the  loss  for  the  year  of  HK$20,814,000  (2021:  HK$14,172,000),  and  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary shares 

9,383,732,000 (2021: 9,334,133,000) on issue during the year that are considered in the calculation of basic loss per share.

16.  DIVIDEND

No dividend was paid or proposed during the year ended 30 June 2022, nor has any dividend been proposed since the balance 
sheet date (2021: Nil).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION17.  MINING EXPLORATION PROPERTIES

Balance as at 1 July 2020
Recoupment of benefit
Exchange differences
Balance as at 30 June 2021
Other
Exchange differences
Balance as at 30 June 2022

Mining 
exploration 
properties 
in Australia
HK$’000
731,048
(14,763)
68,648
784,933
6,051
(57,307)
733,677

At  30  June  2022  the  Group  held  capitalised  mining  exploration  properties  in  Australia  of  HK$733,677,000  (2021:  $784,933,000), 
representing 96% (2021: 94%) of the Group’s total assets.

The determination as to whether there are any indicators to require a mining exploration property to be assessed for impairment, 
involves  a  number  of  judgments  including  whether  the  Group  has  tenure,  will  be  able  to  perform  ongoing  expenditure  and 
whether there is sufficient information for a decision to be made that the area of interest is not commercially viable, (refer to note 
30(a)).  The  Group  performed  an  assessment  of  the  impairment  indicators  at  30  June  2022  in  accordance  with  IFRS  6,  taking  into 
account the following factors:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

The Group still has the right to explore the tenements.

To date there have been no adverse findings reported or identified from technical studies undertaken that would affect the 
advancement of Marillana.

Substantial further expenditure is forecast for Marillana at 30 June 2022 and beyond, to continue to advance development 
of Marillana.

Under  the  FJV  Agreement,  MinRes  is  to  provide  the  infrastructure  solution  to  transport  ore  from  the  Marillana  project  to 
a  port  stockyard  at  Port  Hedland  and  loading  on  to  ships  for  export.  The  MinRes-Hancock  joint  venture  agreement  will 
facilitate this solution for Marillana.

In  recent  years,  the  iron  ore  price  has  increased  to  levels  not  seen  since  2014  and  at  30  June  2022  the  price  was  above 
A$176 per tonne or US$122 per dry metric tonne (at an exchange rate of US$0.69).

At 30 June 2022, the Group’s market capitalisation was HK$2,505,662,000 (30 June 2021: HK$2,041,000,000), well in excess of 
the net assets HK$590,137,000 (30 June 2021: HK$645,702,000).

7. 

The Group’s Mineral Resource estimate has not changed since September 2018.

As a result of considering these factors, the directors did not identify any impairment indicators.

91

ANNUAL REPORT 202218.  PROPERTY, PLANT, EQUIPMENT AND RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS

For the year ended 30 June 2022
1 July 2021
Additions
Depreciation
Exchange differences
At 30 June 2022
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount
For the year ended 30 June 2021
1 July 2020
Additions
Depreciation
Exchange differences
At 30 June 2021
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

Plant, furniture, 
fixtures and 
equipment
HK$’000

Right-of-use 
asset
HK$’000

167
51
(30)
(11)
177
4,955
(4,778)
177

181
19
(48)
15
167
4,904
(4,737)
167

1,538
—
(678)
(59)
801
1,902
(1,101)
801

1,226
676
(478)
114
1,538
1,902
(364)
1,538

Total
HK$’000

1,705
51
(708)
(70)
978
6,857
(5,879)
978

1,407
695
(526)
129
1,705
6,806
(5,101)
1,705

There  was  no  depreciation  expense  (2021:  Nil)  included  in  cost  of  sales  and  depreciation  of  HK$708,000  (2021:  HK$526,000)  was 
included in administration expenses.

19.  LEASES

The Group as a lessee
The Group has lease contracts for commercial office space. There are several lease contracts that include extension and variable 
lease  payments,  which  are  further  discussed  below.  Generally,  the  Group  is  restricted  from  assigning  and  subleasing  the  leased 
assets outside of the Group.

(a) 

Right-of-use assets
The carrying amount of the Group’s right-of-use assets and the movements during the year are as follows:

Opening balance
Additions
Depreciation charge
Exchange difference

2022
HK$’000
1,538
—
(678)
(59)
801

2021
HK$’000
1,226
676
(478)
114
1,538

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION19.  LEASES (Continued)

The Group as a lessee (Continued)
(b) 

Lease liabilities
The carrying amount of lease liabilities and the movements during the year are as follows:

Opening balance
New leases
Accretion of interest recognised during the year
Payments
Exchange difference

Analysed into:
Current portion
Non-current portion

2022
HK$’000
1,939
—
131
(802)
(86)
1,182

2022
HK$’000

619
563

2021
HK$’000
1,493
676
208
(577)
139
1,939

2021
HK$’000

828
1,111

Refer  to  note  5(ii)  the  maturity  analysis  of  lease  liabilities  in  accordance  with  Appendix  16(22)  of  the  Listing  Rules  as 
appropriate.

(c) 

The amounts recognised in profit or loss in relation to leases is as follows:

Interest on lease liabilities
Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets
Expense relating to short-term leases  

(included in administrative expenses)
Total amount recognised in profit or loss

20.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents

The balance of cash and cash equivalents is denominated in the following currencies:

HK$
A$
US$

2022
HK$’000
131
678

—
809

2022
HK$’000
28,797
28,797

2022
HK$’000
5,272
23,519
6
28,797

2021
HK$’000
208
478

198
884

2021
HK$’000
45,667
45,667

2021
HK$’000
9,142
36,346
179
45,667

Cash  at  bank  earns  interest  at  floating  rates  based  on  daily  bank  deposit  rates.  Short  term  time  deposits  are  made  for  varying 
periods of between one day and three months depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest 
at the respective short term time deposit rates. The bank balances and pledged deposits are deposited with creditworthy banks 
(AA+) with no recent history of default.

93

ANNUAL REPORT 202221.  OTHER RECEIVABLES, DEPOSITS AND PREPAYMENTS

Other receivables and deposits
Prepayments

2022
HK$’000
21
978
999

2021
HK$’000
28
1,005
1,033

The financial assets included in the above balances relate to receivables for which there was no recent history of credit loss.

22.  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables of the Group principally represent amounts outstanding to suppliers. The normal credit period is between 30 days 
and 90 days.

Trade and other payables

2022
HK$’000
14,504
14,504

2021
HK$’000
1,123
1,123

Trade  and  other  payables  include  the  Group’s  share  of  the  joint  operation  expenditure  of  HK$13,552,000  (30  June  2021:  Nil), 
payable to Mineral Resources Limited refer to note 2(a) and 30(a).

23.  BORROWINGS

Non-current
Loans from Polaris
Loans from a substantial shareholder

2022
HK$’000

34,517
16,792
51,309

2021
HK$’000

41,774
15,471
57,245

As  at  30  June  2022,  the  borrowings  from  a  substantial  shareholder  were  unsecured,  bore  interest  at  12%  (2021:  12%)  per  annum 
and were repayable on 31 October 2023 (2021: 31 October 2022).

On 18 November 2019 and 4 May 2021, Polaris advanced the first and second tranche of the loans (total advanced A$10,000,000) 
to Brockman Iron pursuant to the terms of the Farm-in Joint Venture Agreement over the Marillana Iron Ore Project. The loans are 
secured  (per  a  Deed  of  Cross  Security),  carried  at  amortised  cost  and  are  repayable  to  Polaris  from  net  revenue  received  by 
Brockman Iron from the sale of its percentage share of product sold from the joint operation.

24.  SHARE CAPITAL

Ordinary shares of HK$0.1 each
Authorised
As at 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021
Issued and fully paid
As at 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2021
Issue of shares (Note a)
As at 30 June 2022

Number of shares
’000

Share capital
HK$’000

20,000,000

2,000,000

9,279,232
1,000
9,280,232

927,923
100
928,023

Note a: On 28 April 2022 1,000,000 share options were exercised by employees of the Group.

Details  of  the  Company’s  share  option  scheme  and  the  share  option  issue  under  the  scheme  are  included  in  the  note  25  to  the 
financial statements.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION25.  SHARE OPTION SCHEME

Share option scheme of the Company
The  2012  share  option  scheme  (the  “2012  Share  Option  Scheme”)  of  the  Company  was  adopted  by  the  Company  pursuant  to 
the approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 13 November 2012. The 2012 Share Option Scheme replaced the 
previous  share  option  scheme  which  expired  in  August  2012.  Its  primary  purpose  is  to  provide  incentives  or  rewards  to  selected 
participants for their contribution to the Group and eligible participants of the scheme 2021A and 2021B include the Company’s 
directors,  including  independent  non-executive  directors  and  other  employees  of  the  Group.  The  2012  Share  Option  Scheme  is 
valid and effective for a period of ten years from the date of its adoption and will expire in August 2022.

The maximum number of unexercised share options currently permitted to be granted under the Scheme is an amount equivalent, 
upon  their  exercise,  to  10%  of  the  shares  of  the  Company  on  issue  at  any  time.  The  maximum  number  of  shares  issuable  under 
share options to each eligible participant in the Scheme within any 12 month period is limited to 1% of the shares of the Company 
on  issue  at  any  time.  Any  further  grant  of  share  options  in  excess  of  this  limit  is  subject  to  shareholders’  approval  in  a  general 
meeting.

In  addition,  any  share  options  granted  to  a  substantial  shareholder,  an  independent  non-executive  director  of  the  Company, 
in  excess  of  0.1%  of  the  shares  of  the  Company  in  issue  at  any  time  or  with  an  aggregate  value  (based  on  the  price  of  the 
Company’s  shares  at  the  date  of  grant)  in  excess  of  HK$5  million,  within  any  12-month  period,  are  subject  to  shareholders’ 
approval in advance in a general meeting.

Share options granted to a director, chief executive or substantial shareholder of the Company, or to any of their associates, are 
subject to approval in advance by the independent non-executive directors.

The  offer  of  a  grant  of  share  options  may  be  accepted  within  28  days  from  the  date  of  offer,  upon  payment  of  a  nominal 
consideration of HK$1.00 or A$1.00 in total by the grantee.

The  exercise  period  of  the  share  options  granted  is  determinable  by  the  directors,  and  commences  after  a  vesting  period  and 
ends on a date which is not later than three years from the date of offer of the share options.

The exercise price of share options is determinable by the directors, but may not be less than the higher of (i) the Stock Exchange 
closing price of the Company’s shares on the date of offer of the share options; and (ii) the average Stock Exchange closing price 
of the Company’s shares for the five trading days immediately preceding the date of offer.

Share options do not confer rights on the holders to dividends or to vote at shareholders’ meetings.

The  fair  value  of  the  employee  services  received  in  exchange  for  the  grant  of  the  share  options  is  recognised  as  an  expense, 
with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  employee  share-based  compensation  reserve,  over  the  vesting  period.  At  the  end  of  each 
reporting period, the Company revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of 
the revision to original estimate, if any, in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding adjustment 
to equity.

Details of specific categories of options are as follows:

Option type

Date of grant

Number of share 
options granted

Fair value at the 
grant date
(HK$’000)

2021A

29 June 2021

17,500,000

1,378,000

Closing price 
immediately 
before the 
date of grant
(HK$)

Vesting period

Exercise period

Exercise price 
(HK$)

0.210

29 June 2021 —  
1 January 2022

1 January 2022 —  

31 December 2024

14 May 2021

71,000,000

5,339,000

0.207

14 May 2021 —  

1 January 2022 —  

2021B

29 June 2021

15,000,000

723,000

0.210

1 January 2022
29 June 2021 —  
1 January 2022

14 May 2021

2,000,000

105,000

0.207

14 May 2021 —  

1 January 2022

105,500,000

7,545,000

31 December 2024

1 January 2022 —  
12 May 2024
1 January 2022 —  
12 May 2024

0.213

0.213

0.295

0.295

95

ANNUAL REPORT 202225.  SHARE OPTION SCHEME (Continued)

The fair value of all the share options were calculated using the Binomial model prepared by an independent valuer. The inputs 
into the model were as follows:

Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected option life
Annual risk-free rate
Expected dividend yield
Weighted average share price (per share)

HK$0.213 - HK$0.295
51% - 53%
2.9 - 3.5 years
0.272% - 0.416%
0%
HK$0.207

The  expected  life of the  options  is based  on  the  historical data over the past three years and is not  necessarily indicative of the 
exercise patterns that may occur.

The volatility measured at grant date is referenced to the historical volatility of shares of the Company.

The  values  of  share  options  calculated  using  the  binomial  model  are  subject  to  certain  fundamental  limitations,  due  to  the 
subjective nature of and uncertainty relating to a number of assumptions of the expected future performance input to the model, 
and  certain  inherent  limitations  of  the  model  itself.  The  value  of  an  option  varies  with  different  variable  of  certain  subjective 
assumptions. Any change to the variables used may materially affect the estimation of the fair value of an option.

No other feature of the options granted was incorporated into the measurement of fair value.

For the year ended 30 June 2022, the Company recognised the total expense of HK$6,396,000 (2021: HK$1,149,000).

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

2022

2021

Average 
exercise price 
in HK$ per 
share option
0.23
—
0.21
—
0.23

Number of 
share options 
(thousands)
105,500
—
1,000
—
104,500

Average 
exercise price 
in HK$ per 
share option
0.13
0.23
—
0.13
0.23

Number of 
share options 
(thousands)
90,000
105,500
—
90,000
105,500

At 1 July
Granted
Exercised
Lapsed
At 30 June

As  at  30  June  2022,  104,500,000  (2021:  105,500,000)  share  options  were  outstanding  with  a  weighted  average  exercise  price  of 
HK$0.23 (2021: HK$0.23), 105,500,000 share options were vested (2021: Nil) and 1,000,000 options were exercised (2021: Nil)

As at 30 June 2022, the weighted average of the remaining contractual life of the outstanding share options was 1.9 and 2.5 years 
(30 June 2021: 2.9 and 3.5 years).

The 1,000,000 share options exercised during the year (2021: Nil) with a weighted average exercise price of HK$0.21 (2021: Nil) and 
the weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before their exercise was HK$0.25 per share (2021: No share options 
were  exercised)  resulted  in  the  issue  of  1,000,000  ordinary  shares  of  the  Company  (2021:  Nil)  and  new  share  capital  HK$100,000 
(2021: Nil) (before issue expenses) was issued, as further detailed in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

No share options expired, lapsed, fortfeited, or cancelled during the year (2021: 90,000,000 share options expired/lapsed of which 
75,000,000  share  options  with  an  exercise  price  of  HK$0.124  and  15,000,000  share  options  with  an  exercise  price  of  HK$0.162). 
During the year, there were no share options granted (2021: 105,500,000 at an average exercise price of HK$0.23).

At the end of the reporting period, the Company had 104,500,000 (2021: 105,500,000) share options outstanding. The exercise in full 
of the outstanding share options would, under the present capital structure of the Company, result in the issue of 104,500,000 (2021: 
105,500,000) additional ordinary shares of the Company and additional share capital of HK$10,450,000 (before issue expense) (2021: 
$10,550,000).

An amount of HK$1.00 or A$1.00 was payable on each application or acceptance of the options in respect of the Hong Kong and 
Australia schemes. Payments or calls for the subscription of the 1,000,000 options exercised were payable immediately. There were 
no loans for such purposes.

At  the  date  of  approval  of  these  financial  statements,  the  Company  had  104,500,000  share  options  outstanding  under  the 
scheme, which represented approximately 1.13% of the Company’s shares in issue as at that date.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION26.  DEFERRED INCOME TAX LIABILITY

The following is the deferred income tax movement recognised by the Group:

At 1 July 2020
Deferred tax associated with the Polaris loans
Deferred tax assets recognised
Exchange differences
At 30 June 2021
Deferred tax associated with the Polaris loans
Deferred tax assets recognised
Exchange differences
At 30 June 2022

HK$’000
(128,850)
4,429
10,041
(12,326)
(126,706)
2,916
7,311
9,019
(106,949)

All deferred tax liabilities are expected to be settled more than 12 months after the balance sheet date.

The  deferred  tax  liabilities  compromise  the  taxable  temporary  differences  arising  on  mining  exploration  properties  of 
HK$220,103,000 (HK$235,480,000) in Australia predominantly offset by deferred tax assets of HK$111,350,000 (2021: HK$106,954,000) 
arising from available tax losses whose realisation is considered probable and the other deferred tax assets.

At  30  June  2022,  the  Group’s  total  tax  losses  were  HK$1,228,000,000  (2021:  HK$1,214,000,000)  and  have  no  expiry  date.  The 
Group did not recognise a deferred income tax asset in respect of tax losses amounting to approximately HK$860,000,000 (2021: 
HK$869,000,000)  as  the  utilisation  of  these  tax  losses  is  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  loss  recoupment  rules  in  the  relevant  tax 
jurisdiction as well as other uncertainties which mean that their availability for utilisation or realisation is not considered probable.

27.  PROVISIONS

Current
Employee benefits

2022
HK$’000

2021
HK$’000

1,144

1,458

Provisions  for  annual  leave  and  long  service  leave  expected  to  be  settled  wholly  within  12  months  of  the  reporting  date  are 
measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

The current provision includes amounts for vested long service leave for which the Group does not have an unconditional right to 
defer settlement, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur. However, based on past experience, the Group 
does not expect all employees to take the full amount of accrued leave or require payment within the next 12 months.

28.  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(a)  Major non-cash transactions

During  the  year,  there  were  no  additions  to  right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities,  in  respect  of  lease  arrangements  for 
commercial office (2021: HK$676,000).

97

ANNUAL REPORT 202228.  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(b)  Changes in liabilities from financing activities

At 1 July 2021
Changes from financing activities
New leases
Accretion of the loans from Polaris
Remeasurements of the loans from Polaris
Interest expense on loans from substantial shareholder
Interest expense on leases
Exchange difference
At 30 June 2022

At 1 July 2020
Changes from financing activities
New leases
Accretion of the loans from Polaris
Recoupment of benefit on recognition of Polaris loan
Interest expense on loans from substantial shareholder
Interest expense on leases
Exchange difference
At 30 June 2021

Borrowings
HK$’000
57,245
—
—
3,179
(7,191)
1,320
—
(3,244)
51,309

Borrowings
HK$’000
35,393
29,142
—
3,900
(14,763)
1,320
—
2,253
57,245

Lease liabilities
HK$’000
1,939
(802)
—
—
—
—
131
(86)
1,182

Lease liabilities
HK$’000
1,493
(577)
676
—
—
—
208
139
1,939

29. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

(a)  Capital commitments

As at 30 June 2022, the Group did not have any capital commitments (2021: Nil).

(b) 

Exploration expenditure commitments
As  at  30  June  2022,  the  Group  is  required  to  meet  or  exceed  a  minimum  level  of  exploration  expenditure  of  A$1,257,000, 
equivalent to approximately HK$6,799,000 (2021: A$1,237,000 equivalent to approximately HK$7,212,000), over the next year.

Obligations are subject to change upon expiry of the existing exploration leases or on application for a new lease.

(c) 

Joint Venture commitments
As at 30 June 2022 there were no joint venture commitments (2021: Nil).

(d)  Contingent liabilities

As at 30 June 2022 the Group had no contingent liabilities (2021: Nil).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION30.  JOINT ARRANGEMENTS

(a) 

Joint operations and farm-out arrangements
The  Group  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Polaris  to  share  costs  and  risks  associated  with  exploration  activities  on  the 
Marillana  and  Ophthalmia  tenements  in  the  East  Pilbara  of  Western  Australia.  Polaris  was  required  to  meet  certain  farm-in 
obligations including minimum expenditure of A$250,000 and A$150,000 respectively in exploration and development of the 
tenements  in  return  for  a  50%  interest  in  the  tenements.  Polaris  will  contribute  50%  of  costs  and  capital  expenditure  going 
forward and Polaris has been appointed as operator of the joint operation.

The Group does not record any expenditure made by the farmee on its account. It also does not recognise any gain or loss 
on its exploration and evaluation farm-out.

Particulars of the Group’s material joint operation are as follows:

Name of joint operation
Marillana Joint Operation  

Ownership interest
50%

Principal activities
Development and operation of the 

Note (a)

Ophthalmia Joint Operation  

50%

Note (b)

Marillana iron ore project

Development and operation of the 

Ophthalmia iron ore project

Note (a): On the 22 April 2021 an unincorporated joint operation was formed with Polaris Metals Pty Ltd in Australia which is seeking to develop 

the Marillana iron ore project.

Note (b): On  the  30  November  2021  an  unincorporated  joint  operation  was  formed  with  Polaris  Metals  Pty  Ltd  in  Australia  which  is  seeking  to 

develop the Ophthalmia iron ore project.

(b) 

Joint ventures

At 1 July 2021
Contributions to the joint venture
Share of loss of joint venture
Exchange differences
At 30 June 2022

2022
HK$’000
703
130
(136)
(46)
651

2021
HK$’000
644
138
(139)
60
703

The following illustrates the aggregate financial information of the Group’s joint ventures that are not individually material:

Share of the joint venturers loss for the year
Aggregate carrying amount of the Group’s investments  

in the joint venture

Details of the Group’s interest in the joint ventures is as follows:

2022
HK$’000
(136)

2021
HK$’000
(139)

651

703

Name of joint venture
NWIOA Ops. Pty Ltd (Note (c)

Ownership interest
37%

Principal activities
Port and related infrastructure

Note (c): NWIOA Ops. Pty Ltd is a joint venture incorporated in Australia which is seeking to develop port and related infrastructure on behalf of 

the North West Iron Ore Alliance (“NWIOA”) members.

Management considers the interest in this joint arrangement is not individually material to the Group.

99

ANNUAL REPORT 2022 
31.  RETIREMENT BENEFITS SCHEMES

The Group operates a defined contribution retirement benefits scheme (the “MPF Scheme”) under the Mandatory Provident Fund 
Scheme Ordinance for its employees in Hong Kong. The Group contributes at least 5% (2021: 5%) of the employees’ basis salaries 
to the MPF scheme. The assets of the MPF scheme are held separately from those of the Group in an independently administered 
fund.

The employees of the Group subsidiaries in Australia are entitled to superannuation that is a defined contribution plan under which 
the Group contributes 10% (2021: 9.5%) of base salary.

The  total  cost  is  charged  to  administration  expense  of  approximately  HK$587,000  (2021:  HK$575,000)  represents  contributions  to 
these schemes by the Group in respect of the current year.

32.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
(a)  Material related party transactions

Except  as  disclosed  within  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Group  has  no  material  related  party  transactions 
during the year (2021: Nil).

(b) 

Related party balances
The details of the loans from a substantial shareholder are disclosed in Note 23.

(c)  Compensation of key management personnel

The remuneration of directors and other members of key management during the year were as follows:

Salaries and other benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based compensation expenses

2022
HK$’000
8,478
411
3,015
11,904

2021
HK$’000
8,450
402
267
9,119

Further details of directors’ emoluments are included in note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

The remuneration of directors and key executives is determined by the remuneration and performance committee having 
regard to the performance of individuals and market trends.

33.  FAIR VALUE AND FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The  following  liabilities  of  the  Group  are  measured  or  disclosed  at  fair  value,  using  a  three  level  hierarchy,  based  on  the  lowest 
level of input that is significant to the entire fair value measurement, being:

Level 1:  Quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  market  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  that  the  entity  can  access  at  the 

measurement date.

Level 2: 

Inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included  within  level  1  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability,  either  directly  or 
indirectly.

Level 3:  Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION33.  FAIR VALUE AND FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The carrying values of the loans appropriate their fair values and were determined using Level 3 unobservable inputs. The carrying 
values of the loans are as follows:

Financial liabilities
Loans from Polaris
Loans from a substantial shareholder

Carrying amounts

2022
HK$’000

34,517
16,792
51,309

2021
HK$’000

41,774
15,471
57,245

Management  has  assessed  that  the  carrying  value  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  trade  receivables,  payables,  financial  assets 
included in prepayments, other receivables and other current assets, financial liabilities included in trade and other payables are 
reasonably approximate to their fair values largely due to short term maturities of these instruments.

At each reporting date, the Group analyses the movements in the values of financial instruments and determines the major inputs 
applied  in  the  valuation  (refer  to  Note  4(b)).  The  valuation  process  and  results  are  discussed  with  the  audit  committee  twice  a 
year for interim and annual financial reporting.

The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a 
current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The fair value of other borrowings have been 
calculated  by  discounting  the  expected  future  cash  flows  using  rates  currently  available  for  instruments  with  similar  terms,  credit 
risk and maturity.

34.  RESERVES

The amounts of the Group’s reserves and the movements there in for the current and prior years are presented in the consolidated 
statement of changes in equity on page 68 of the consolidated financial statements.

101

ANNUAL REPORT 202235.  SUBSIDIARIES

The following is a list of the principal subsidiaries as at 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021:

Name of subsidiary

Place of 
incorporation

Place of 
operation

Particular of 
issued share 
capital

Ownership interest held 
by the Company

Principal activities

Subsidiaries directly held by the Company:

Brockman Mining (Management) Limited

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Wah Nam Iron Ore Limited

BVI

Hong Kong

Subsidiaries indirectly held by the Company:

Brockman Mining Australia Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

Brockman Iron Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

Brockman Exploration Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

Brockman East Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

Yilgarn Mining (WA) Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

Brockman Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

Brockman Ports Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

Brockman Maverick Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

Brockman Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

1 Ordinary share of 
HK$1

1 Ordinary share of 
US$1

145,053,151 Ordinary 
shares of A$1 each

1 Ordinary share of 
A$1

1 Ordinary share of 
A$1

1 Ordinary share of 
A$1

841,001 Ordinary 
shares of A$1

1 Ordinary share of 
A$1

76 Ordinary shares of 
A$1 each

2 Ordinary shares of 
A$1

12 Ordinary shares of 
A$1 each

100

100

Investment holding

100

100

Investment holding

100

100

Investment holding

100

100

Exploration & evaluation

100

100

Exploration & evaluation

100

100

Exploration & evaluation

100

100

Exploration & evaluation

100

100

Rail infrastructure

100

100

Port infrastructure

100

100

Exploration & evaluation

100

100

Investment holding

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION36.  BALANCE SHEET AND RESERVE MOVEMENT OF THE COMPANY

As at 30 June

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use asset

Current assets

Other receivables, deposits and prepayments
Amounts due from subsidiaries
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity and liabilities

Share capital
Reserves
Total equity
Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables
Amount due to subsidiaries

Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

Note

(a)

2022
HK$’000

3
178
181

742
757,004
3,859
761,605
761,786

928,023
(430,523)
497,500

16,792
16,792

562
246,932
247,494
264,286
761,786

2021
HK$’000

5
532
537

755
815,982
8,931
825,668
826,205

927,923
(364,945)
562,978

15,472
15,472

815
246,960
247,755
263,227
826,205

The balance sheet of the Company was approved by the Board of Directors on 21 September 2022 and was signed on its behalf.

Kwai Kwun, Lawrence
Director

Chan Kam Kwan, Jason
Director

103

ANNUAL REPORT 202236.  BALANCE SHEET AND RESERVE MOVEMENT OF THE COMPANY (Continued)

Note (a) Reserves movement in the Company

Balance at 1 July 2020

Comprehensive income:
Profit for the year
Share-based compensation (Note 25)
At 30 June 2021

Comprehensive income:
Loss for the year
Exercise of options
Share-based compensation (Note 25)
Balance at 30 June 2022

Share premium
HK$’000
4,468,624

Share-based 
compensation 
reserve
HK$’000
84,961

Accumulated 
losses
HK$’000
(4,983,909)

—
—
4,468,624

—
113
—
4,468,737

—
1,149
86,110

—
—
6,396
92,506

64,230
—
(4,919,679)

(72,087)
—
—
(4,991,766)

Total
HK$’000
(430,324)

64,230
1,149
(364,945)

(72,087)
113
6,396
(430,523)

37. STATEMENT OF CASHFLOWS FOR THE COMPANY

Cash flows from operating activities
(Loss)/profit before tax
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Share-based payment expense
Finance costs
Finance income
Foreign currency translation
Working capital adjustments:

— Increase/(decrease) in trade receivables & prepayments
— Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
— Increase/(decrease) in amounts due (from) subsidiaries
Net cash flows used in operating activities
Investing activities
Interest received
Net cash flows from investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares
Payment of principal portion of lease liabilities
Interest on lease payments
Net cash flows (used in) financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

38.  EVENTS OCCURRING AFTER BALANCE SHEET DATE

There are no significant events which have occurred after the balance sheet date.

Year ended 30 June

2022
HK$’000

2021
HK$’000

(72,087)

64,230

2
354
6,396
1,341
(2)
216,342

13
122
(157,373)
(4,892)

3
3

213
(375)
(21)
(183)
(5,072)
8,931
3,859

4
145
1,149
1,381
(13)
(257,595)

(20)
(49)
187,675
(3,093)

13
13

—
(104)
(61)
(165)
(3,245)
12,176
8,931

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATIONRESULTS
Revenue
Loss before income tax
Income tax benefit
Profit/(loss) for the year from 

2022
HK$’000

Note a

—
(31,865)
11,051

2021
HK$’000

2020
HK$’000

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

—
(28,318)
14,146

—
(22,606)
1,590

—
(25,785)
93,373

—
(49,059)
—

continuing operations

(20,814)

(14,172)

(21,016)

67,588

(49,059)

Profit/(loss) for the year from 

discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) for the year

Attribute to:
Equity holders of the Company

Earnings/(loss) per share  

(HK cents)

— Basic

— Diluted

ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Total assets
Total liabilities

Total equity

—
(20,814)

—
(14,172)

—
(21,016)

—
67,588

157,145
108,086

(20,814)

(14,172)

(21,016)

67,588

108,086

(0.22)

(0.22)

(0.15)

(0.15)

(0.23)

(0.23)

0.74

0.73

1.27

1.27

2022
HK$’000

765,225
(175,088)
590,137
590,137

2021
HK$’000

834,173
(188,471)
645,702
645,702

2020
HK$’000

769,720
(167,627)
602,093
602,093

2019
HK$’000

780,474
(148,504)
631,970
631,970

2018
HK$’000

838,197
(253,472)
584,725
584,725

Note a:  The financial figures above were extracted from the consolidated financial statements.

105

ANNUAL REPORT 2022FINANCIAL SUMMARYA.  DISTRIBUTION OF SHAREHOLDINGS AS AT 16 SEPTEMBER 2022

Additional  information  in  accordance  with  the  listing  requirements  of  the  Australian  Securities  Exchange  Limited 

are as follows:

Category
1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 and over
TOTAL

Ordinary shares
Holders
804
166
129
739
327
2,165

Size of holding
190,388
380,787
1,045,512
29,901,692
9,248,713,752
9,280,232,131

Unlisted options @ HK$0.213

Unlisted options @ HK$0.295

Holders

Size of holding

Holders

Size of holding

10

87,500,000

3

17,000,000

Minimum A$500.00 parcel cannot be calculated due to no price.

Unquoted Securities

As  at  20  September  2022,  unlisted  options  amounted  to  a  total  of  104,500,000  units.  Among  these  options, 

87,500,000 options have an exercise price of HK$0.213 an expiry date of 31 December 2024 and 17,000,000 options 

have an exercise price of HK$0.295 an expiry date of 12 May 2024.

B.  TWENTY LARGEST SECURITY HOLDERS AS AT 16 SEPTEMBER 2022

Name

1 Ocean Line Holdings Ltd/Kwai Sze Hoi
2 China Vered Securities Ltd
3 The Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
4 Equity Valley Investment Ltd
5 KQ Resources Ltd
6 Everbright Securities Investment
7 UBS Securities Hong Kong Ltd
8 Yunfeng Securities Ltd
9 Global Mastermind Securities Ltd

10 Citibank N.A
11 Cornerstone Pacific Limited
12 Longfellow Nominees Pty Ltd/Ross Norgard
13 BNP Paribas Securities Services
14 Barwick Investments Ltd
15 Guoyuan Securities Brokerage (Hong Kong)
16 BDS Bank (Hong Kong) Ltd
17 Futu Securities International
18 Luk Fook Securities (HK) Ltd
19 ICBC (Asia) Securities Ltd
20 Zhang Li

*
Δ

∆

*
*
∆

∆

∆

∆

∆

*
*
∆

*
∆

Δ

∆

∆

∆

*

Number of shares
1,937,743,902
764,904,972
689,914,154
499,972,276
486,485,462
437,671,208
427,308,521
425,580,032
330,227,592
271,428,561
250,000,000
243,054,000
183,225,496
174,668,000
137,589,000
135,263,480
96,370,664
90,000,000
82,140,560
80,000,000

%
20.88%
8.24%
7.43%
5.39%
5.24%
4.71%
4.60%
4.58%
3.55%
2.92%
2.69%
2.62%
1.97%
1.88%
1.48%
1.45%
1.03%
0.96%
0.88%
0.86%

The  number  of  shares  stated  herein  are  extracted  and  sorted  from  the  register  of  shareholders  (“*”)  and  the 

participant report from the Central Clearing and Settlement System of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (“CCASS”) 
(“Δ”). As the Company does not have information in relation to the ultimate beneficial owners of the shares held 
by  the  participants  of  the  CCASS,  the  numbers  herein  may  not  reflect  the  actual  number  of  shares  beneficially 

owned by each of the shareholders.

ASX ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONC.  SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

Name of shareholder

Capacity

Number of shares or 
underlying shares

Percentage of the 
issued share capital 
of the Company

Ocean Line Holdings Ltd (Note 1)

Beneficial owner

2,426,960,137

Kwai Sze Hoi (Note 1)

Interest held by controlled corporations

2,426,960,137

Beneficial owner

206,072,000

Interest held jointly with another person

60,720,000

Interest of spouse

24,496,000

Cheung Wai Fung (Note 1)

Interest held by controlled corporations

2,426,960,137

Interest held jointly with another person

60,720,000

Interest of spouse

Beneficial owner

Equity Valley Investments Limited

Beneficial owner

206,072,000

24,496,000

515,574,276

The XSS Group Ltd (Note 2)

Interest held by controlled corporations

515,574,276

Cheung Sze Wai, Catherine 

Interest held by controlled corporations

515,574,276

(Note 2)

Interest of spouse

50,000,000

Luk Kin Peter Joseph (Note 2)

Interest held by controlled corporations

515,574,276

Beneficial owner

50,000,000

26.15%

26.15%

2.22%

0.65%

0.26%

26.15%

0.65%

2.22%

0.26%

5.56%

5.56%

5.56%

0.54%

5.56%

0.54%

KQ Resources Limited

Beneficial owner

1,301,270,316

14.02%

Notes: Please refer to Notes 1 and 2 under section headed: Substantial shareholders’ and other persons interests and short positions 

in shares and underlying shares on page 56 to 57.

D.  VOTING RIGHTS

The voting rights attaching to each class of equity securities are set out below:

a)  Ordinary shares

Each shareholder present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative in a meeting shall have one vote 

on a poll for each share held.

b)  Options

No voting rights.

E.  STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING

Quotation  has  been  granted  for  all  the  ordinary  shares  of  the  Company  on  all  member  Exchanges  of  the  ASX 

Limited.

107

ANNUAL REPORT 2022 
F.  TENEMENT SCHEDULE – AS AT 16 SEPTEMBER 2022

Project
Duck Creek
Duck Creek East
Juna Downs
Madala Bore
Marillana
Marillana
Marillana
Marillana
Marillana
Mindy
Ophthalmia
Ophthalmia
Ophthalmia
Ophthalmia
Ophthalmia
Ophthalmia
Ophthalmia
Ophthalmia
Punda Spring
Tom Price

Location
West Pilbara
West Pilbara
West Pilbara
West Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
West Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
East Pilbara
West Pilbara
West Pilbara

Tenement 

Tenement type
E
E
E
E
L
M
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
R
R
R
E
E
E

number
47/1725
47/2994
47/3364
47/3285
45/0238
47/1414
47/3170
47/3532
47/4293
47/3585
47/1598
47/2280
47/2291
47/3549
47/0013
47/0015
47/0016
47/4240
47/3575
47/3565

Commodity
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore
Iron Ore

Status
Granted
Granted
Granted
Granted
Application
Granted
Granted
Granted
Application
Granted
Granted
Granted
Granted
Granted
Granted
Granted
Granted
Application
Granted
Granted

Interest held
100%
100%
100%
100%
50%
50%
50%
50%
100%
100%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
100%
100%

ASX ADDITIONAL INFORMATION